Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts

Do you want practical learning with real-time examples? Then, refer to Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts. You can easily enhance your skills by practicing the problems from Big Ideas Math Answer Key, Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts. Be the first to access Big Ideas Grade 5 Chapter 1 Math Answers PDF to start your practice. Check out each topic available on the below math answers. Every topic is given individually along with answers and explanations. It is easy to become a topper in the exam by practicing with the Big Ideas Grade 5 Math Answers Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts.

Big Ideas 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts Math Book Answer Key

Students can learn the quick way to solve problems using Big Ideas Grade 5 Chapter 1 Math Answers. Download Grade 5 Big Ideas Math Answers Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts for free. We provided solutions in an easy manner so that students can solve the problems in less time. Click on the links provided below and find every topic individually. Get the free pdf offline and practice whenever you want it.

Lesson 1: Place Value Patterns

Lesson 2 Place Value with Whole Numbers

Lesson 3 Patterns and Powers of 10

Lesson 4 Decimals to Thousandths

Lesson 5 Place Value with Decimals

Lesson 6 Compare Decimals

Lesson 7 Round Decimals

Performance Task

Lesson 1.1 Place Value Patterns

Explore and Grow

Write the whole number represented by each base ten block. Then use the base ten blocks to complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 1
Answer:

Rod is 10 times as much as Unit

The flat is 10 times as much as Rod

Cube is 3 times as much as Flat

Unit is 1/10 of Rod

Rod is 1/10 of Flat

The flat is 3/10 of Cube

Reasoning
Describe the patterns you see in a number as you move from one place value position to another place value position.

Answer: As we move from one place value position to another value position, The place value of a digit increase by ten times as move from the left.

Think and Grow: Place Value Patterns

You can use a place value chart to help write numbers that are 10 times as great as a number or \(\frac{1}{10}\) of a number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 2

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Complete the statements.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 3

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use a place value chart to answer the question.
Question 2.
What number is 10 times as great as 6,000?
Answer:60,000

If 6,000 is multiplied by 10 times it becomes 60,000

Question 3.
What number is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of 300?
Answer:30

300 x 1/ 10 is 30

Question 4.
80 is 10 times as great as what number?
Answer: 8

if 8 is multiplied by 10 times it becomes 80

Question 5.
40,000 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of what number?
Answer:4,00,000

4,00,000 x 1/10 is 40,000

The number is 4,00,000

Complete the table.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 4
Answer:

1. 100 ,1 ,

10,  10 times as number is 10 x 10 = 100

1/10 of 10 is 1

2. 4000,40

400, 10 times as number is 400 x 10 = 4000

1/10 of 400 is 40

3. 70,000,700

7,000, 10 times as number is 7,000 x 10 =70,000

1/10 of 7,000 is 700

4. 500,000,    5,000

50,000,10 times as number is 50,000 x 10 = 5,00,000

1/10 of 50,000 is 5,000

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 5
Answer:

1. 2,000, 20

200,  10 times as number is 200 x 10 = 2,000

1/10 of 200 is 20

2. 3,00,000,   3,000

30,000,  10 times as number is 30,000 x 10 = 3,00,000

1/10 of  30,000 is 3,000

3. 900, 9

90, 10 times as number is 90 x 10 = 900

1/10 of 90 is 9

4. 80,000, 800

8,000,  10 times as number is 8,0,0 x 10 = 80,000

1/10 of 8,000 is 800

Question 8.
Patterns
Describe the relationship between any place value position and the next greater place value position.
Answer:

The relation between any place value position and next greater place value position increases ten times as we move.

Number Sense
Write whether the statement is true or false. If false, explain why.
Question 9.
600 is 100 times as great as 60,000.
______
Answer: True

600 X 100 = 60,000

Question 10.
9,000 is 1,000 times as great as 9.

_____
Answer: True

9 X 1,000 = 9,000

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Which state is about 10 times larger than Georgia?
The approximate land area of Georgia is 60,000 square miles.
Use a place value chart to find the number that is 10 times as great as 60,000.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 6
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 7
6,000_____ is 10 times as great as 60,000.
The land area of _____Alaska__ is about 600,000 square miles.
So, __Alaska____ is about 10 times larger than Georgia.

Show and Grow

Use the table above.
Question 11.
Which state is about 10 times larger than Hawaii?
Answer: Georgia is 10 times larger than Hawaii

Question 12.
Which state is about \(\frac{1}{10}\) the size of Wyoming?
Answer: Maryland is 1/10 the size of Wyoming

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Which state is about 100 times larger than the District of Columbia?
Answer: Hawaii

District of Columbia = 60

100 times larger than the District of Columbia 60 X 100 = 6,000 is Hawaii

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
A mother rhinoceros weighs 2 tons. Her baby weighs \(\frac{1}{10}\) as much as her. What is the weight of the baby rhinoceros, in pounds.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 8
Answer: The weight of the baby rhinoceros is 20 Pounds.

2 tons Mother

Baby = 200 x 1/10 = 20 Pounds

Place Value Patterns Homework & Practice 1.1

Complete the statements.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 9
Question 1.
______ is 10 times as great as 2,000.
Answer:   20,000

2,000 x 10 = 20,000

Question 2.
_____ is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of 2,000.
Answer:      200

2,000 x 1/ 10 = 200

Use a place value chart to answer the question.
Question 3.
What number is 10 times as great as 50?
Answer:  500

50 x 10 = 500

Question 4.
What number is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of 4,000?
Answer:  400

4,000 x 1/10 = 400

Question 5.
800 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of what number?
Answer:8,000

8,000 x 1/10 = 800

Question 6.
60,000 is 10 times as great as what number?
Answer:6,000

6,000 is 10 times means 6,000 x 10 =60,000

Complete the table.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 10
Answer:

1. 400, 4

40, 10 times as number is 40 x 10 = 400

1/10 of 40 is 4

2. 5,000, 50

500, 10 times as number is 500 x 10 = 5,000

1/10 of 500 is 50

3. 10,000  ,  100

1,000, 10 times as number is 1,000 x 10 = 10,000

1/10 of 1,000 is 100

4.8,00,000   , 8,000

80,000, 10 times as number is 80,000 x 10 = 8,00,000

1/10 of 80,000 is 8,000

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 11
Answer:

1. 7,00,000   ,   7,000

70,000, 10 times as number is 70,000 x 10 = 7,00,000

1/10 of 70,000 is 7,000

2. 200 ,  2

20, 10 times as number is 20 x 10 = 200

1/10 of 20 is 2

3. 30,000, 300

3,000, 10 times as number is 3,000 x 10 = 30,000

1/10 of 3000 is 300

4. 1,000 ,  10

100, 10 times as number is 100 x 10 = 1,000

1/10 of 100 is 10

Question 9.
Patterns
Describe the relationship between any place value position and the next lesser place value position.

Answer:

The relation between any place value position and next lesser place value position decreases ten times as we move.

Question 10.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says 6,700 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of 67,000. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: Yes My friend is correct, because if we divide 67,000 by 10 we get the result as 6,700 only.

Use the table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.1 12
Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
Which city’s population is about 10 times the population of Newark?
Answer: Population of  Oakland.

Newark=40,000

40,000 x 10 = 4,00,000 is Oakland

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
Which city’s population is about \(\frac{1}{10}\) the population of Marina?
Answer: Population of Del Ray Oaks.

Marina = 20,000

20,000 x 1/10 = 2,000=Del Ray Oaks

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
An archaeologist finds a ceramic bowl that is about 400,000 years old. He finds different artifact that is \(\frac{1}{100}\) times as old as the 100ceramic bowl. How much older is the ceramic bowl than the other artifact?
Answer: The Ceramic bowl is 4000 years old.

4,00,000 x 1/100= 4,000

Review & Refresh

Find the factor pairs for the number.
Question 14.
9
Answer: 1,3,9 are factor pairs of 9

Question 15.
24
Answer:  (1,24), (2,12) (3,8) and (4,6) are factor pairs of 24

Question 16.
15
Answer:(1,3,5,15) are factor pairs of 15

Lesson 1.2 Place Value with Whole Numbers

Model the number. Draw your model.
Then write the value of each digit.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 1
Compare the values of the 4s.
Answer: Thousands-4, Hundreds -4 , Tens – 4 and Ones- 2

4 is in thousand, 4 is in Hundreds and 4 is at tens value.

Repeated Reasoning
Is the value of the 4 in the tens place 10 times as much as the value of the 2 in the ones place? Explain.
Answer: No, Why means 4 in tens place means its value is 40 and 2 in ones place means only 2so 4 in the tens place is not 10 times as the value of 2.

Think and Grow: Place Value with Whole Numbers

Key Idea
A place value chart shows the value of each digit in a number. It also shows how the place values are grouped. Each group of three digits is called a period. Ina number, periods are separated by commas.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 2
Example
Write the number in standard form, word form, and expanded form.
Standard form:4,66,900
Word form: Four hundreds sixty six thousand and nine hundred
Expanded form:
4 × 1,00,000 + __6___ × 10,000_____ + ___6__ × _1,000_____ + _9____ × __100____

Show and Grow

Write the number in two other forms.
Question 1.
Standard form: 78,300
Word form:
Expanded form:
Answer:

Word Form : Seventy -Eight Thousand, Three Hundred.

Expanded Form : 7 x 10,000 + 8 x 1000 + 3 x 100=78,300

Question 2.
Standard form:
Word form: three hundred fifty thousand, fifty-eight
Expanded form:
Answer:

Standard Form : 300,50,058

Expanded Form : 3 x 10,00,000+ 5 x 10,000 + 5 x 10 +8=300,50,058

Question 3.
Compare the values of the 6s in the number 466,900.
Answer:

the values of the 6 s are one is in 60 thousand’s place and other is at 6 thousands place.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write the number in two other forms.
Question 4.
Standard form:
Word form:
Expanded form: 6 × 100,000 + 8 × 1,000 + 4 × 100 + 5 × 10 + 9 × 1
Answer:

Standard Form : 6,08,459

Word Form : 6 hundred / six lakh, eight thousand , four hundred  fifty nine.

Question 5.
Standard form: 45,006,702
Word form:
Expanded form:

Answer:

Word form: forty five lakh ,six thousand seven hundred and two.

Expanded form:4 x 10000000 + 5 x 1000000 + 6 x 1000 +

7 x 100 +2

Question 6.
Compare the values of the 7s in the number 4,877,034.
Answer:

The value’s of 7s is at seventy thousand,(70,000) and again at  seven thousand(7,000).

Question 7.
Compare the values of the 3s in the number 5,338.
Answer:

The values of 3s is at 3-Hundred(300) and at thirty (30)[3 tens)]

or

3 at hundreds and 3 at tens place.

Compare.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 3
Answer:

In 8,046 The value of 4 is in Ten’s place and 6 is in one’ s place

and in 8,460 the value of 4 is in hundreds place and 6 in ten’s place.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 4
Answer:

In 28,517 the value of 2 is at twenty thousand place, 8 at thousands and 5 at hundreds, 1 at tens and 7 at one’s place.

and 28,509 the value of 2 is at twenty thousand place, 8 at thousands and 5 at hundreds, zero at tens and 9 at one’s place.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 5

Answer:

In 5,854,331- Fifty Lakhs , 8 at lakhs, Five at ten thousand, 4 at thousand,3 at hundred, 3 at ten’s and 1 at one’s place.

and in 5,854,231 – Fifty Lakhs , 8 at lakhs, Five at ten thousand, 4 at thousand,2 at hundred, 3 at ten’s and 1 at one’s place.

Question 11.
The white truffle is the world’s most expensive edible fungus, which costs up to three thousand dollars per kilogram. Write this number in standard form.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 6
Answer:

Standard Form: 3000$ per Kg.

the white truffle is 3000$ per kg.

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that in the number 45,951, one 5 is 10 times as great as the other 5. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Yes,  because  at first the 5 is at tens place and in next time 5 is at thousands place so friend is right 5 is 10 times greater as the other 5 . As we move from right value to left twice tens value place becomes thousand value place.

Question 13.
Logic
Newton is thinking of a 6-digit number in which all of the digits are the same. The value of the digit in the thousands place is 8,000. What is Newton’s number?
Answer:

8,88,888

8 x 1,00,000 + 8 x 10,000+8 x 1,000+8 x 100 + 8 x 10 + 8 x 1

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Compare the values of the 3sin Jupiter’s average distance from the Sun.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 7
Use a place value chart to help you find the value of each 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 8
Each place value is 10 times as great as the place value to its right. The digits are two places apart. So, multiply 30,000 by 10 × 10 = 100.
So, the value of the 3 in the millions place is _______ times the value of the 3 in the ten thousands place.

Show and Grow

Use the table above.
Question 14.
Compare the values of the 7s in Mars’s average distance from the Sun.
Answer:

the value of 7 s in first is in thousands place and next 7 s is at hundreds place, the digits are one place apart, so the value of first 7 is in thousands place is 10 times the value of the next 7s in hundreds place.

Question 15.
Compare the values of the 4s in Saturn’s average distance from the Sun.
Answer:

the value of 4 s in first is in four hundred thousands place and next 4 s is at hundreds place, the digits are two places apart, so the value of first  4 is in hundred thousands place is 100 times the value of the next 4s in hundreds place.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
An organization wants to donate all of the money raised through fund raisers and raffles to a children’s charity. Complete the donation check.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 9
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 10
Answer:

1.

$ 194,918 + $ 35,187 = $ 230,005

Word Form :  Two Hundred, Thirty thousand and Five dollars.

Standard Form : $ 230,005

Place Value with Whole Numbers Homework & Practice 1.2

Write the value of the underlined digit.
Question 1.
740,225
Answer:

4 is at Forty thousand place

Question 2.
604,197,872
Answer:

6 is at Six Hundred Lakh place

Question 3.
12,405,287
Answer:

2  is at  twenty Lakh or twenty hundred thousand place

Question 4.
392,183
Answer:

3 is at 3 lakhs or 3 hundred thousand place

9  is at ninety thousand place

2 is at 2 thousand place

1 is at one hundred place

8 is at eighty place

3 is at ones place place

Write the number in two other forms.
Question 5.
Standard form: 450,014
Word form:
Expanded form:
Answer:

Word Form : 4 lakhs or 4 hundred thousand ,  fifty thousand and fourteen

Expanded  Form : 4 x 1,00,000 +5 x 10000 + 1 x 10 + 4

Question 6.
Standard form:
Word form: fourteen thousand, two hundred one
Expanded form:
Answer:

Standard Form : 14,201

Expanded Form : 1 X 10000 + 4 X 1000 + 2 X 100 +1

Question 7.
Compare the values of the 9s in the number 537,499.
Answer:

First 9 is at ones place, and second 9 is at tens place.

Question 8.
Compare the values of the 5s in the number 78,550,634.
Answer:

First 5 is at Ten Thousands place,

Second 5 is at Five Hundred Thousands place.

Compare.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 11
Answer:

67,893 < 67,943

6 at sixty thousand place ,6 at sixty thousand place

7 at thousand place, 7 at thousand place

8 at eight hundred place,9 at nine hundred is great

9 at tens place and 4 at four at tens place is less

and 3 at ones place and 3 at ones place is same

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 12
Answer:

450,823 > 405,823

4 at Four hundred thousand,

5 at fifty thousand and 0 is smaller at ten thousands place

0 at thousands place is smaller than 5 at thousands place

8  at hundreds place is same as 8 at hundreds place

2 at tens place is same as 2 at tens place

and 3 at ones place is same as 3 at ones place

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 13
Answer:

176,994 = 176,994

1 at one hundred thousand, is same at 1 at One Hundred Thousand place

7 at Seventy thousand is same at 7 at Seventy Thousand place

6 at six thousand is same at 6 at six thousand place

9 at hundreds place is same at 9 at hundreds place

9 at ninety or 9 tens place is same as 9 at Ninety or 9 Tens place

and 4 at ones place is same as 4 at Ones place

Question 12.

Your body contains about 60,000 miles of blood vessels. Write this number in word form.
Answer:

60,000 miles of blood vessels in  Word Form : Sixty Thousand miles.

Question 13.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which number does belong with the other three?
1 × 10,000 + 4 × 1,000 + 2 × 100 + 6 × 1 fourteen thousand, two hundred six
140,206
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 14
Answer:

No number is repeated, so no number belongs to other

one at tens place

4 at ones place

2 at hundredths place

and 6 at thousandths place.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the difference in the values of the underlined digits.
856,092 37,841
Answer:

8 is at 80 Million,

and

8 is at hundreds value

the difference is 8 X 1,00,00,000 times the other  8 value.

Use the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 15
Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
Compare the values of the 3s in the music cost.
Answer: 3 is at 3 millions place and other 3 is at 3 hundreds place.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
Compare the values of the 2s in the cost.
Answer:

Costs Places

In cast 2 is at two hundred thousands place and 2 at thousands place.

In Director 2 is at 2 millions place and 2 at thousands place.

In Editing 2 value is not there.

In Music also 2 is not there

In Producers 2 value is at 2 millions place

In Visual effects 2 place is first at thousands place and 2 is in ones place

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
What is the total cost for the director and producers? Write your answer in word form.
Answer: Total cost of director-$ 2,712,480+ and cost of roducer –

$ 2,759,981 is $ 5,472,461

Word Form : five million, four hundred thousand, seventy two thousand, four hundred sixty one dollars.

Review & Refresh

Compare
Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 16

Answer:

0.14 < 0.15

0.14-0+ 1 x 1/10+4/100

0 is at ones place ,1 is at 1/10 place, and 4 is at 1 /100 place is small

0.15-0+1×1/10+5/100

0 is at ones place ,1 is at 1/10 place, and 5 is at 1 / 100 place

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 17

Answer:

2.2 = 2.20

2.2-2 is at ones place and .2 is at 2/10 place

2.20- 2 is at ones place ,.2 is at 2/10 place is same

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.2 18

Answer:

5.8 > 5.08

5.8 – 5 is at ones place and .8 is at 1/10 place

5.08  – 5 is at ones place and .8 is at 1/100 place  is small

Lesson 1.3 Patterns and Powers of 10

Explore and Grow

Write a multiplication expression to answer each question.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 1
How many units are in 1 rod?

How many units are in 10 rods?

How many units are in 100 rods?

How many units are in 1,000 rods?
Answer:

In 1 rod its 1 x 100 =100

In 10 rods its 1 x 10 = 101

In 100 rods its 1 x 10 x 10 = 102

In 1,000 rods it is 1 x 10 x 10 x 10 =103

Repeated Reasoning
How many tens are in 100? in 1,000? in 10,000?
Answer: In 100 its 10 tens, in 1,000 its 100 tens and in 10,000 its 1000 tens

Think and Grow: Patterns and Powers of 10

Key Idea
A power is a product of repeated factors. The base of a power is the repeated factor. The exponent of a power gives the number of times the base is used as a factor.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 2

Example
Find the value of 4 × 103.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 3
Multiply 4 by powers of 10. Look for a pattern.
4 × 101 = 4 × 10 = _40____
4 × 102 = 4 × 10 × 10 = _400_____
4 × 103 = 4 × 10 × 10 × 10 = __4,000____
So, 4 × 103 = ____4,00,000_.
Notice the pattern: In each product, the number of zeros after 4 is equal to the exponent.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Identify the base, exponent, and power for the expression 106.
Answer:

base : 10,

exponent: 6

power :106= 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10

Question 2.
Write the product 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 as a power.

Answer:

10 x 10 x 10 x 10  as a power is 10 4

Question 3.
Find the value of 5 × 102.
Answer:

5 × 102 is 

5 x 10 x 10 = 500

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find each product. Use patterns to help.
Question 4.
2 × 10 = _____
2 × 100 = _____
2 × 1,000 = _____
2 × 10,000 = ____
Answer:

2 x 10 =20

2 x 100=200

2 x 1,000= 2,000

2 x 10,000 = 20,000

Question 5.
9 × 10 = _____
9 × 100 = _____
9 × 1,000 = _____
9 × 10,000 = ____
Answer:

9 x 10 = 90

9 x 100 = 900

9 x 1,000= 9,000

9 x 10,000 = 90,000

Question 6.
5 × 10 = _____
5 × 100 = _____
5 × 1,000 = _____
5 × 10,000 = ____
Answer:

5 x 10 = 50

5 x 100= 500

5 x 1,000 = 5,000

5 x 10,000 = 50,000

Find the value of the expression.
Question 7.
104
Answer:

104= 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 10,000

Question 8.
6 × 105
Answer:

6 × 105 = 6 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 6,00,000

Question 9.
7 × 102
Answer:

7 × 102 = 7 x 10 x 10 = 700

Question 10.
5 ×10 4
Answer:

5 ×10 4= 5 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 50,000

Rewrite the number as a whole number multiplied by a power of 10.
Question 11.
20,000
Answer:

20,000=2 x 104

Question 12.
500
Answer:

500=5 X 102

Question 13.
900,000
Answer:

9,00,000=9 x 105

Number Sense
Write the number in expanded form using exponents.
Question 14.
53,124
(5 × 104) + ______
Answer:

53,214=(5 × 104) +( 3 x 103)+(1 x 102) + (2 x101)+ (4 x100)

Question 15.
8624
(8 × 102) + _______
Answer:

8624=(8 x 103 )+(6 x 102) +(2 x 101)+(4×100)

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
Your friend writes (3 × 104) + (5 × 103) + (2 × 102) + 4 as the expanded form of thirty-five thousand, twenty-four. Explain what your friend did wrong.
Answer:

(3 × 104) is 3 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 30,000 is Thirty Thousand

(5 × 103) is 5 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 5,000 is five thousand

(2 × 102) is 2 x 10 x 10 = 200 is two hundred not twenty

and 4 is four,

it is  thirty-five thousand, two hundred and four= 35,204

not thirty-five thousand, twenty-four ≠ 35,024

35,204 is right

35,024 is wrong

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Newton and Descartes are running for mayor. How many people voted in the election?
Find the number of votes for each candidate.
Newton: 105 = ______
Descartes: 9 × 104 = ______
Add the votes for Newton and Descartes.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 4
______ people voted in the election.

Newton: 105 =  10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 is 1,00,000

Descartes: 9 × 104 = 9 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 is 90,000

so total people voted is 1,00,00 + 90,000 = 1,90,000

 

 1,00,000
 + 90,000
=1,90,000

1,90,000 Voted in the election.

Show and Grow

Question 17.
A surf shop has been in business for two years. What are the total sales for Year 1 and Year 2 combined?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 5
Answer:

Year 1 $ 104 = 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 =10,000

Year 2 $ 6 x 105= 6 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 6,00,000

       10,000
 + 6,00,000
=  6,10,000

there fore total sales for Year 1 and Year 2 combined is  is 6,10,000 .

Question 18.
Which migration is farther? About how much farther is it?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 6
Answer:

Chinook Salmon about 4 x 103km

4 X 10 x 10 x 10 = 4000 km

and

Leatherback Turtle about 2 X 104 km

2 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 20,000 km

So Leatherback Turtle is  farther and

20,000 km – 4000 km = 16,000 km

it is 16,000 km farther

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
A human has about 104 taste buds. A cow has about 3 times as many taste buds as a human. About how many taste buds does a cow have? Write your answer as a whole number multiplied by a power of 10.
Answer:

(104) 3 time means (104)

as per the law powers are multiplied 4 x 3

(104×3) = (1012)

(104×3)= 1 X (104) x (104)  x (104)

(1012)= 1 x (10 x 10 x 10 x 10 ) x (10 x 10 x 10 x 10 ) x (10  x 10 x 10 x 10)

Patterns and Powers of 10 Homework & Practice 1.3

Question 1.
Identify the base, exponent, and power for the expression 103.
Answer:

base: 10

exponent:  3

power : 103= 10 x 10 x 10

Question 2.
Write 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 a power.
Answer:

10 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 104

Find each product. Use patterns to help.
Question 3.
6 × 10 = ______
6 × 100 = _____
6 × 1,000 = _____
6 × 10,000 = _____
Answer:

6 x 10=6 × 101 = 60

6 x 100 =6 × 102 = 600

6 X 1,000=6 × 103 =  6,000

6 x 10,000 = 6 × 104= 60,000

Question 4.
8 × 10 = ______
8 × 100 = _____
8 × 1,000 = _____
8 × 10,000 = _____
Answer:

8 x 10=8 × 101 = 80

8 x 100 =8 × 102 = 800

8 X 1,000=8 × 103 = 8,000

8 x 10,000 = 8 × 104= 80,000

Question 5.
4 × 10 = ______
4 × 100 = _____
4 × 1,000 = _____
4 × 10,000 = _____
Answer:

4 x 10=4 × 101 = 40

4 x 100 =4 × 102 = 400

4 X 1,000= 4× 103 = 4,000

4 x 10,000 = 4 × 104= 40,000

Find the value of the expression.
Question 6.
103
Answer:

103 = 10 x 10 x 10 = 1,000

Question 7.
2 × 104
Answer:

2 × 104 = 2 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 20,000

Question 8.
9 × 105
Answer:

9 × 105   =  9 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 9,00,000

Question 9.
3 × 102
Answer:

3 × 102  = 3 x 10 x 10 = 300

Rewrite the number as a whole number multiplied by a power of 10.
Question 10.
100,000
Answer:

100,000 = 1 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 1 × 105

Question 11.
70
Answer:

70 = 7 x 10 = 7 x 101

Question 12.
6,000
Answer:

6,000 = 6 x 10 x 10 x 10 = 6 x 10

Number Sense
Write the number in standard form.
Question 13.
(3 × 102) + (8 × 101)
Answer:

(3 × 102) + (8 × 101)  = 3 x 10 x 10 + 8 x 10

3 x 100 + 80

300+ 80 = 380

Question 14.
(2 × 103) + (5 × 102) + (4 × 101)
Answer:

(2 × 103) + (5 × 102) + (4 × 101) =  2 x 10 x 10 x 10 + 5 x 10 x 10 + 4 x 10

2,000 + 500 + 40

2,540

Question 15.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton 6 says 106 = 10 × 6. Is he correct? Explain
Answer:

No he is wrong because  106  ≠  10 × 6 it is 10 is to be multiplied by  6 times ,

106 = 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10=10,00,000 is correct

Question 16.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which one does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 7
Answer:

Both are different blocks , in first block it is  square and next it is cube.  

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
Each student at an elementary school votes once on this year’s field trip. How many students voted in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 8
Answer:

Aquarium = 7 x 102 =   7 x 10 x 10 = 700

Amusement Park = 103  = 10 x 10 x 10 =  1000

700 + 1000 = 1,700

So total number of students voted are =  1,700.

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
On which day did more people attend the event? How many more people?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 9
Answer:

Friday = 10 x 10 x 10 = 1,000

Saturday = 5 x 102 = 5 x 10 x 10 = 500

on Friday more people attend the event

and more are 1,000 – 500 = 500 , s0 500 more people attended.

Review & Refresh

Divide. Then check your answer
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 10
Answer:

Step 1) Start by dividing 65 by 6 to get the decimal answer as illustrated below. Note that we round the answer if necessary, but don’t worry, the final answer will still be exact.

65 / 6 = 10.83

Step 2) Next we take the Whole part of the answer in Step 1 and multiply it by the Divisor. As you can see, it does not matter if we rounded in the previous step because the Decimal part is ignored. Furthermore, the Divisor in 65 divided by 6 is 6. Thus, the Whole multiplied by the Divisor is:

10 x 6 = 60

Step 3) Finally, we will subtract the answer in Step 2 from the Dividend to get the answer. The Dividend in 65 divided by 6 is 65. Thus, our final calculation to get the answer is:

65 – 60 = 5

the answer is 5.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 11
Answer:

Step 1) Start by dividing 50 by 4 to get the decimal answer as illustrated below. Note that we round the answer if necessary, but don’t worry, the final answer will still be exact.

50 / 4 = 12.50

Step 2) Next we take the Whole part of the answer in Step 1 and multiply it by the Divisor. As you can see, it does not matter if we rounded in the previous step because the Decimal part is ignored. Furthermore, the Divisor in 50 divided by 4 is 4. Thus, the Whole multiplied by the Divisor is:

12 x 4 = 48

Step 3) Finally, we will subtract the answer in Step 2 from the Dividend to get the answer. The Dividend in 50 divided by 4 is 50. Thus, our final calculation to get the answer is:

50 – 48 = 2

the answer is 2.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.3 12
Answer:

Step 1) Start by dividing 45 by 3 to get the decimal answer as illustrated below. Note that we round the answer if necessary, but don’t worry, the final answer will still be exact.

45 / 3 = 15

the answer is 0.

Lesson 1.4 Decimals to Thousandths

Explore and Grow

Divide the square into10 equal parts. Shade one part. What part of the whole is shaded?
Fraction: Decimal:

Divide each of the 10 parts into 10 equal parts. Shade one part using a different color. What part of the whole is shaded with the second color?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 1
Fraction: Decimal:

If you divide each of the 100 equal parts into10 equal parts, how many parts will the model have?

If you shade one of those parts, what part of the whole is shaded?
Fraction: Decimal:
Answer:

the model will have 10 parts , only 1/ 10th part is shaded, 0.1

Structure
Compare the number of hundredths to the number of tenths. Compare the number of hundredths to the number of thousandths. What do you notice?
Answer:

number of hundredths to the number of tenths is 10 to 100 , 10/100=1/10 = 0.1

number of hundredths to the number of thousandths is

100 to 1000, 100/1000 =1/10= 0.1

both has equal values 1/10 = 0.1

the number of hundredths to the number of tenths is equal to the number of hundredths to the number of thousandths

Think and Grow: Thousandths

Key Idea
In a decimal, the third place to the right of the decimal point is the thousandths place. You can write thousandths as fractions or decimals.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 2
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 3

Show and Grow

Write the decimal as a fraction.
Question 1.
0.009

Answer:

0.009= 9 / 1,000 = 9 x 1/1,000

Question 2.
0.063
Answer:

0.063 = 63 / 1,000= 63 x 1/1,000

Question 3.
0.194
Answer:

0.194 = 194 / 1,000= 194 x 1/1,000

Write the fraction as a decimal
Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{1,000}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{3}{1,000}\)= 3 x 1/ 1,000=  0.003

Question 5.
\(\frac{91}{1,000}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{91}{1,000}\)= 91 x 1/ 1,000 = 0.091

Question 6.
\(\frac{607}{1,000}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{607}{1,000}\)= 607 x 1/1,000= 0.607

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write the decimal as a fraction.
Question 7.
0.645
Answer:

0.645= 645x 1/1,000= 645/1,000

Question 8.
0.002
Answer:

0.002=2 x 1/1,000=  2/1,000

Question 9.
0.98
Answer:

0.98= 98 x 1/ 1,000= 98/1,000

Question 10.
0.6
Answer:

0.6 = 6 x 1/10= 0.6/10

Write the fraction as a decimal.
Question 11.
\(\frac{884}{1,000}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{884}{1,000}\)= 884x 1/1,000= 0.884

Question 12.
\(\frac{8}{1,000}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{8}{1,000}\)= 8 x 1/1,000= 0.008

Question 13.
\(\frac{39}{100}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{39}{100}\)= 39 x 1/ 100= 0.39

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{1}{10}\)= 1 x 1/10 = 0.1

Question 15.
0.4 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of what number?
Answer:

\(\frac{4}{10}\) is 0.4

Question 16.
0.52 is 10 times as great as what number?
Answer:

0.52 is 10 times as great as 0.052

Question 17.
You use 47 of the cotton balls for an art project. What portion of the bag of cotton balls do you use? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 4
Answer:

47/100= 47 x 1/100= 0.47

Question 18.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which number does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 5
Answer:

0.29 does not belongs to other three

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says the value of the 7 in the hundredths place of 0.877 is 10 times as great as the 7 in the thousandths place. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Yes , because the value of 7 in the hundredths place as compared is 10 times as great as the 7 in the thousands place.

Question 20.
Write each fraction as a decimal. What do you notice?
\(\frac{4}{10}\), \(\frac{40}{100}\) and \(\frac{400}{1,000}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{4}{10}\)=0.4

\(\frac{40}{100}\) =0.4

\(\frac{400}{1,000}\)=0.4

number of tenths, tenths number of hundredths and hundredths number of thousandths are same.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You put together 156 pieces of the puzzle before lunch and 148 pieces of the puzzle after lunch. What portion of the puzzle did you put together? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 6
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 7
Write the fraction as a decimal.
You put together ____0.304__ of the puzzle.

Show and Grow

Question 21.
You make flash cards out of index cards. You use 50 index cards for social studies and 25 index cards for science. What portion of the pack of index cards do you use? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 8
Answer:

50 for social studies, 25 for science total is 50 + 25 = 75, total number of flash cards is 1,000 ,

75 / 1,000 or 75 by 1,000 or 75 x 1/1,000= 0.075

Question 22.
There are 458 knock-knock jokes in the book. not What fraction of the jokes in the book are knock-knock jokes?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 9
Answer:

458/1,000 or 458 x 1/1,000 of jokes books in knock- knock jokes.

Question 23.
DIG DEEPER!
A newly hatched caterpillar was 0.02 inches long. After 2 weeks, the caterpillar grew 10 times as long as its length when it hatched. After another 2 weeks, the caterpillar grew 10 times as long as its length after 2 weeks. How long is the caterpillar now?
Answer: First week it is 0.02 inches,

in two weeks -2 weeks-0.02 x 10 = 0.2 inches

again after 2 weeks -0.2 x 10 = 2 inches

Decimals to Thousandths Homework & Practice 1.4

Write the decimal as a fraction.
Question 1.
0.735
Answer:

0.735= 735 / 1,000= 735 x 1/1,000

Question 2.
0.051
Answer:

0.051= 51 / 1,000= 51 x 1/1,000

Question 3.
0.804
Answer:

0.804 = 804 / 1,000= 804 x 1/ 1,000

Question 4.
0.2
Answer:

0.2 = 2 / 10= 2 x 1/10

Write the fraction as a decimal.
Question 5.
\(\frac{98}{1,000}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{98}{1,000}\)=98 x 1/1,000= 0.098

Question 6.
\(\frac{67}{100}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{67}{100}\)= 67 x 1/100=0.67

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{100}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{4}{100}\)= 4 x 1/100=0.04

Question 8.
\(\frac{9}{10}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{9}{10}\)= 9 x 1/10= 0.9

Question 9.
0.08 is 10 times as great as what number?
Answer:

0.008

if 0.008 is multiplied by 10 times it becomes 0.08

Question 10.
0.001 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of what number?
Answer:

0.0001

if 0.0001 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) equals to 0.001

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that \(\frac{16}{1,000}\) can be written as 0.16. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: No, because if 16 / 1,000 or 16 x 1/1,000 is 0.016 not 0.16,

0.016 ≠ 0.16

so he is incorrect.

Question 12.
Precision
Thirteen unit cubes are taken from the thousand cube. Write a fraction and a decimal to represent how many unit cubes are left.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 10
Answer:

13 units cubes are taken

Total number of units are  1000

left are from 1,000-13/1,000=87/1000

87 / 1,000 and 0.087 cubes are left

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Write the number represented by each point on the number line.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 11
Point X: _____
Point Y: ___
Answer:

on the number line Point X = 7.633 as we move from 7.63 to three places forward

so Point X is 7.633

on the number line Point Y = 7.638 as we move from 7.63 its eighth place forward

and Point Y is 7.638

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
A restaurant owner has a 1,000-count box of napkins. She puts 125 of the napkins on tables. What portion of the box of napkins does she use for the tables? Write your answer as a decimal.
Answer:

Restaurant has 1,000 count box of napkins and keeps 125 on table so portion of the box she uses is  125/1,000= 125 x 1/ 1,000= 0.125

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Your friend has a recipe book with 1,000 recipes. She wants to try two new recipes each week. What fraction of the recipes in the book will she have tried after 1 year?
Answer:

In a year there are almost 52 weeks. Each week 2 means 2 x 52 =approximately  104 recipes in a year.

so in a year she would have tired 104 / 1,000= 104 x 1/1,000 = 0.104 recipes.

Review & Refresh

Question 16.
Extend the pattern of shapes by repeating the rule “square, octagon, pentagon, octagon ”What is the 48th shape in the pattern?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.4 12
Answer:

” square, octagon, pentagon, octagon, hexagon, octagon , heptagon , octagon,

octagon, octagon, nonagon, octagon , decagon, octagon,

11 hendecagon Octagon
12 dodecagon Octagon
13 tridecagon Octagon
14 tetradecagon Octagon
15 pentadecagon Octagon
16 hexadecagon Octagon
17 heptadecagon Octagon
18 octadecagon Octagon
19 enneadecagon Octagon
20 icosagon Octagon
21 icosikaihenagon Octagon
22 icosikaidigon Octagon
23 icosikaitrigon Octagon
24 icosikaitetragon Octagon
25 icosikaipentagon Octagon
26 icosikaihexagon Octagon
27 icosikaiheptagon Octagon
28 icosikaioctagon Octagon
29 icosikaienneagon Octagon
30 triacontagon Octagon
31 triacontakaihenagon Octagon
32 triacontakaidigon Octagon
33 triacontakaitrigon Octagon
34 triacontakaitetragon Octagon
35 triacontakaipentagon Octagon
36 triacontakaihexagon Octagon
37 triacontakaiheptagon Octagon
38 triacontakaioctagon Octagon
39 triacontakaienneagon Octagon
40 tetracontagon Octagon
41 tetracontakaihenagon Octagon
42 tetracontakaidigon Octagon
43 tetracontakaitrigon Octagon
44 tetracontakaitetragon Octagon
45 tetracontakaipentagon Octagon
46 tetracontakaihexagon Octagon
47 tetracontakaiheptagon Octagon
48 tetracontakaioctagon Octagon

Lesson 1.5 Place Value with Decimals

Explore and Grow

Model the number. Draw your model.
Then write the value of each digit.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 1
Answer:

from the model 3.33 =

0nes digit is – 3

tenths digit is 3/10 =0.3

hundredths digit is 3/ 100 = 0.03

Repeated Reasoning
Compare the value of the ones digit to the value of the tenths digit. Then do the same with the tenths and the hundredths digits. Explain why you can use base ten blocks to model ones, tenths, and hundredths.
Answer:

a digit in one place represents one and 10 times more what it represents in the place to its right and that is tenths digit.
Similarly a digit in tenths place represents tenth and 10 times more what it represents in the place to its right and that is hundredths digit.

Each place to the left is 10 times the size of the place to the right, and base 10 blocks are the best way to model ones, tenths, and hundredths.

OPERATIONS WITH DECIMALS. Using Base Ten Blocks to Multiply Decimals Flat = one (1) Long = one tenth (0.1) rod = one hundredth (0.01) - ppt download

Think and Grow: Place Value with Decimals

Key Idea
In a place value chart, whole numbers are to the left of the decimal point. Decimals are to the right of the decimal point.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 2
Standard form:2.557
Word form:” Two and five hundred fifty-seven  thousandths”
Expanded form: 2 × 1 + __5__ ×\(\frac{1}{10}\)____ + 5 × \(\frac{1}{100}\) + _7_ × \(\frac{1}{1000}\)__

Show and Grow

Write the number in two other forms.
Question 1.
Standard form: 0.398
Word form:
Expanded form:

Answer:

Word form: “Three hundred ninety – eight thousandths”
Expanded form: 3 x (1/10) + 9 x (1/100) + 8 x (1/1,000)

Question 2.
Standard form:
Word form: eight and forty-six thousandths
Expanded form:
Answer:

Standard form:8.046

Expanded form: 8 x 1 + (4 /100) + (6 / 1,000)

Question 3.
Compare the values of the 5s in the number 2.557.
Answer: at first 5s place value is at tenths and next its place value is at hundredths .

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write the value of the underlined digit.
Question 4.
0.418
Answer:

4 is at tenths value place

Question 5.
5.296
Answer:

9 is at hundredths value place

Question 6.
3.806
Answer:

8 is at tenths value place

6 is at  thousandths value place

Question 7.
0.547
Answer:

7 is at thousandths value place

Write the number in two other forms.
Question 8.
Standard form:
Word form:
Expanded form: 4 × 1 + 9 × \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 8 × \(\frac{1}{1,000}\)
Answer:

Standard form: 4.908
Word form:” Four and nine hundredth – eight thousandths”

Question 9.
Standard form: 0.125
Word form:
Expanded form:
Answer:

Word form: “one hundred twenty – five thousandths”
Expanded form: 1 x (1/10) + 2 x (1 /100) +5 x (1 / 1,000)

Question 10.
Compare the values of the 4s in the number 0.844.
Answer:

at first 4s place value is at hundredths and next 4s place value is at thousandths

Question 11.
Compare the values of the 3s in the number 3.367.
Answer: at first 3s place value is at ones place and next 3s place value is at tenths place

Question 12.
A pygmy jerboa weighs one hundred thirty-two thousandths pound. Write this number in standard form.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 3
Answer:

The Standard Form of pygmy jerboa’s -one hundred thirty-two thousandths pound weighs is  0.132 pound

Question 13.
Reasoning
Is 9.540 equivalent to 9.54? Explain.
Answer:

Yes. 9.540 is equivalent to 9.54 because at thousandths value its 0, so zero multiplied by any number is zero.

Therefore both are equivalent.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Write three decimals that are equivalent to 6 × 1 + 4 × \(\frac{1}{10}\) .
Answer:

the three equivalent decimals are of 6 .04 are 6.040, 6.0400, 6.04000

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
How do the values of the 3s in the masses of the fruits compare?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 4
Use a place value chart to help you find the value of each 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 5
The value of the 3 in the mass of the tomato is _one_____ .
The value of the 3 in the mass of the chili pepper is __tenths___.
So, the value of the 3 in the mass of the tomato is __10_____ times the value of the 3 in the mass of the chili pepper. Also, the value of the 3 in the mass of the chili pepper is ___1/10__ the value of the 3 in the mass of the tomato.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
Two baseball players have batting averages of 0.358 and 0.345. How do the values of the 5s in the batting averages compare?
Answer:

In 0.358 the place value of 5s is at tenths place and in

0.345 the place value of 5s  is at thousandths place.

Question 16.
The stopwatch shows a runner’sritethe100-meter dash time. Write the time in words.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 6
Answer:

15.76 seconds time in words  is Fifteen and seven tenths and six hundredths

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
You exchange 1 U.S. dollar for Australian dollars and 1 U.S. dollar for Kuwaiti dinars. Do you have 10 times as many Australian dollars as Kuwaiti dinars? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 7
Answer:

Yes, Because 1 Australian dollars = 1.302 of 0.302 of Kuwaiti dinars,

if we multiply 0.302 by 10 it becomes 1.302 which is equal to 1 Australian dollars.

[0.302 x 10 = 1.302]

so 1 Australian dollars is 10 times more than the 1  Kuwaiti dinars.

Place Value with Decimals Homework & Practice 1.5

Write the value of the underlined digit.
Question 1.
5.437
Answer:

5 at ones place

4 at tenths place

3 at hundredths place

7 at thousandths place

Question 2.
0.852
Answer:

the underlined digit is 2 at thousandths place,

its value is 2 x 1/1000= 2/1000

Question 3.
0.962
Answer:

the underlined digit is 6 at hundredths place

its value is 6 x 1/100= 6 /100

Question 4.
4.165

the underlined digit is 1 at tenths place

its value is 1x 1/10 = 1/10
Answer:

Write the number in two other forms.
Question 5.
Standard form: 9.267
Word form:
Expanded form:
Answer:

Word form:  nine and two tenths six hundredths seven thousandths.

Expanded form : 9+ 2 x 1/10 + 6 x 1/100 + 7 x 1/1000

Question 6.
Standard form:
Word form: two and forty-three thousandths
Expanded form:
Answer:

Standard form : 0.243

Expanded form: 2 x 1/10+4 x 1/100+3 x 1/1000

Question 7.
Compare the values of the 6s in the number 1.668.
Answer:

first 6s at tenths place and next 6s at hundredths place

Question 8.
Compare the values of the 7s in the number 7.704.
Answer:

first 7s at ones place and next 7s at tenths place

Question 9.
A pygmy possum weighs 0.097 pound. Write this number in word form.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 8
Answer:

pygmy weighs 0.097 pound and its

word form is  nine hundredths and seven thousandths

Questio 10.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which one does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 9
Answer:

no number belongs to other three because 5 is at tenths place

one at hundredths place and 4 at thousandths all are at different places.

Question 11.
Reasoning
Which number cards are equal to the value of the underlined digit?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 10
Answer:

2 x 1/1,000 , two thousandths and 0.002 are equal to the value of the underlined digit.

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
How do the values of the 5s in the heights of the plants compare?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 11
Answer:

In Peace lily the 5s place is at  thousandths

and in Venus flytrap the 5s place is at hundredths

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
The world’s largest gold nugget is located in Las Vegas, Nevada. It has a mass of about 27.247 kilograms. Write how to say the nugget’s mass in words.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 12
Answer:

the mass of gold nugget in Las Vegas is 27.247 kilograms given

In Words form it is twenty seven and two tenths  four hundredths and  seven thousandths

Review & Refresh

Compare.
Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 13
Answer:

8/10 =0.8

80/100=0.8

both are equal 8/10 = 80/100

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 14
Answer:

5/8 = 0.625

3/6= 0.5

0.625 > 0.5,

5/8 > 3/ 6, 5/8 is greater than 3/6

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.5 15

Answer:

7/2= 3.5

10/8=1.25

so 7/2 is greater than 10/8.

7/2 > 10/8

Lesson 1.6 Compare Decimals

Explore and Grow

Use models to compare the decimals.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 1
Answer:

0.62 >0.26, 0.62 is greater than 0.26, 0.6  is greater than o.2

0.80= 0.8, 0.80 both are  equal

3.5 < 3.55, 3.55 is greater than 3.50

Reasoning
How can you use a place value chart to compare two decimals? Use a place value chart to check your answers above.
Answer:

we use another table to compare with the previous and write the answer.

Think and Grow: Compare Decimals

Example
Compare 3.769 and 3.749.
Use a place value chart. Start at the left. Compare the digits in each place until the digits differ.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 2
The digits in the ones place and the tenths place are the same. Compare the hundredths.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 3

Example
Compare 2.4 and 2.405.
Use place value. Line up the decimal points. Start at the left. Compare the digits in each place until the digits differ.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 4

2.4<2.405

Show and Grow

Compare
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 5
Answer:

Ones . Tenths Hundredths Thousandths
9 . 0 6 3
9 . 0 6 7
Same . Same Same Greater

So 9.063 < 9.067

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 6
Answer:

Ones . Tenths Hundredths Thousandths
0 . 8 9 0
0 . 8 0 9
Same . Same Greater Greater

So 0.89 > 0.809,

Apply and Grow: Practice
Compare.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 7
Answer:

Ones . Tenths Hundredths Thousandths
8 . 5 3 7
8 . 5 4 1
Same . Same Greater Greater

8.537 < 8.541

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 8
Answer:

6.401 < 6.409, since  0.009 is greater than 0.001

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 9
Answer:

7.409 > 7.049 since 7.4 is greater than 7.0

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 10
Answer:

0.25 = 0.250

Both are equal

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 11
Answer:

2.701 >2.700, since 0.001 is greater than 0.000

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 12
Answer:

4.006 < 4.61, since 4.6 is greater than 4.0

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 13
Answer:

0.041 < 41.6, 41 is greater than 0

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 14
Answer:

0.007 < 0.7 as 0.7 is greater than 0.007

Order the decimals from least to greatest.
Question 11.
321.499, 325.499, 321.489
Answer:

321.499, 325.499, 321.489 from least to greatest

as 321.489 is smaller than 321.499 and 321.499 is smaller than 325.499

so 321.489 , 321.499 , 325.499

Question 12.
9.7, 9.64, 9.78
Answer:

9.7, 9.64, 9.78 from least to greatest

9.64 is smaller than 9.7 and  9.7 is smaller than 9.78

so 9.64, 9.7 , 9.78

Open-Ended
Complete the number to make the statement true.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 15
Answer:

10.321 > 10.311

as 10.311 is smaller than 10.321

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 16
Answer:

28.60 = 28.600

Both are equal

Question 15.
Number Sense
Is 0.472 greater than or less than \(\frac{47}{1,000}\)? Explain.
Answer:

0.472, 0.047

0.475 is greater than 0.047,

as 4 in the tenths  place is greater than 0 in the others tenth place

Question 16.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that 45.6 is less than 45.57 because 6 is less than 57. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Friend says 45.6 is less than 45.57

No ,he is wrong as the 6th in tenths place is greater than 5, in the tenths place

so he is wrong  45.60 > 45.57 not less

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You, your friend, and your cousin compete at a gymnastics competition. Your floor routine score is 15.633. Your friend’s score is 15.533, and your cousin’s score is 15.635. Order the scores from least to greatest.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 17
Use a place value chart. Compare the digits in each place until the digits differ.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 18
_15.533______ is the least
Write the remaining numbers in the place value chart. Compare the digits in each place until the digits differ.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 19

15.633 ,15.635

as 15.533 is less than 15.633 as  5 at tenths place is less than 6 at tenths place

and 15.633 is less than 15.653 as 3 at hundredths place is less than 5 at hundredths place

So, the scores from least to greatest are 15.533, 15.633 and 15.635

Show and Grow

Question 17.
You stand on one leg for 2.75 minutes, your friend stands on one leg for 2 minutes, and your cousin stands on one leg for 2.25 minutes. Order the amounts of time from least to greatest.
Answer:

You – 2.75 min , Friend – 2.00 min and cousin for 2.25 min

2.00< 2.25 ,2.00 is less than 2.25 as 0 at tenths place is less than 2 at tenths place

2.25 < 2.75, 2.25 is less than 2.75 as 2 at tenths place is less than 7 at tenths place

so From Least to Greatest : 2.00 min, 2.25 min, 2.75 min

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
You, Newton, Descartes, and your friend each have a tablet. The table shows the screen display sizes. Your friend’s tablet has the greatest display size. Your tablet’s display size is greater than Newton’s but less than Descartes’s. What is the display size of your tablet.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 20
Answer:

Y-Your, N-Newton’s ,F-Friend- 12.9, D-Descartes

Given Friend has greatest display size F= 12.9

Y – N ,given Your tablet’s display size is greater than Newton’s, N< Y and yours is less than Descartes’s Y < D

therefore  N < Y <D < F, Newton’s< Yours<Descartes’s<Friend

so N-Newton’s- 7.9, Y-Your-9.7,D-Descartes-10.5,F-Friend-12.9

Compare Decimals Homework & Practice 1.6

Write which place to use when comparing the numbers.
Question 1.
0.521
0.576
Answer:

2 at hundredths place  is smaller than 7 at hundredths place

so 0.521 < 0.576

Question 2.
17.422
17.946
Answer:

4 at tenths place  is small than 9 at tenths place

so 17.422 < 17.946

Question 3.
9.678
9.67
Answer:

8 at thousandths place is greater than 0 at thousandths place

9.678 > 9.670

Compare.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 21
Answer:

4 at hundredths  place is smaller than 7 at hundredths place

so 3.445 is smaller than 3.472

3.445 < 3.472

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 22

Answer:

0 at tenths place is smaller than 4 at tenths place

so 23.049 < 23.409

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 23
Answer:

4 at tenths place is greater than 3 at tenths place

75.4 > 75.391

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 24
Answer:

All  given place values are same

so 14.100 or 14.10 = 14.100

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 25
Answer:

the value of 5s at hundredths place is more than 0 in other hundredths place

4.05> 4.005

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 26
Answer:

15.2, 15.002

2 at tenths place is greater than 0 at tenths place

15.2 > 15.002

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 27
Answer:

0.021, 0.026

1 at thousandths is smaller than 6 at thousandths place

0.021 < 0.026

Order the decimals from least to greatest.
Question 11.
2.75, 0.2, 0.275
Answer:

0.2 < 0.275 as 0 at hundredths place is less than 7 at hundredths place

0.275<2.75 as 0 at ones place is less than 2 at at ones place

so from least to greatest 0.2, 0.275, 2.75

Question 12.
56.01, 56.1, 56.001
Answer:

56.001 < 56.01 as 0 at hundredths place is less than 1 at hundredths place

56.01 < 56.1 as o at tenths place is less than 1 at tenths place

56.001 , 56.01, 56.1

Open-Ended
Complete the number to make the statement true.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 28
Answer:

29.030 = 29.030

both the place values are same

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 29
Answer:

3.562 <3.562

as the value of  6 is at hundredths place so the other value at hundredths place is 6.

Question 15.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says 8.51 is less than 8.492 because 8.51 has fewer digits after the decimal point than 8.492. Is he correct? Explain.
Answer:

No, he is not correct its not the digits after the decimal point is fewer

but the 5s at tenths place is greater than 4 at the tenths place so

8.51 is greater than 8.492, 8.51 > 8.492

Question 16.
Open-Ended
Descartes is thinking of a number less than 46.922 and greater than 46.915. What could Descartes’s number be?
Answer:

The numbers can be 46.916,  4 6.917, 46.918, 46.919, 46.920 or 46.921 and

all these numbers are less than 46.922 and greater than 46.915.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
Player A’s batting average is 0.300, Player B’s batting average is 0.333, and Player C’s batting average is 0.313. Order the batting averages from greatest to least.
Answer:

B- 0.333, C-0.313 , A – 0.300

0.333 is great than 0.313 as 3 at hundredths place is great than 1 at hundredths place

so 0.333>0.313

0.313 is greater than 0.300 as 1 at hundredths place is great than 0 at hundredths place

0.313 > 0.300

the batting averages from greatest to least are B> C> A=0.333 > 0.313 >0.300

batting averages from greatest to least 0.333,0.313,0.300

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
A gasoline station customer pumps more than 9.487 gallons of gasoline but less than 10 gallons. Which display could be his?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.6 30
Answer:

Given A gasoline station customer pumps more than 9.487 gallons but less than 10 gallons

as 9.003 is less than 9.487 so not 9.003

as 9.499 is greater than 9.487  and even less than 10.000 so it is 9.499

as 9.406 is less than 9.487 so it cannot be 9.406

as 9.872 is greater than 9.487  and even less than 10.000 so it can be 9.872

so the displays can be  9.499 or 9.82

as both are more than 9.487 gallons and less than 10 gallons

Review & Refresh

Round the number to the place of the underlined digit.
Question 19.
7,851
Answer:

the round place of 5 is 7,850

Question 20.
9,462
Answer:

the round place of 9 means 10,000 or 9,500

Question 21.
4,983
Answer:

the round place of 9 – 5,000

Question 22.
51,504
Answer:

the round place of 1- 52,504

Lesson 1.7 Round Decimals

Explore and Grow

Plot the numbers on the number line. Which numbers round to 3? Which numbers round to4? How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.7 1
Answer:

3,  3.09, 3.5, 3.51, 3.6, 3.77, 3.9 , 4

The numbers round to 3 are 3.09

The numbers round to 4 are 3.51, 3.6, 3.77 , 3.9

Repeated Reasoning
Show how you can use a number line to round 3.09, 3.51, and 3.77 to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

3.09 to the nearest tenth is 3.10

3.51 to the nearest tenth is 3.50

3.77 to the nearest tenth is 3.80

Think and Grow: Round Decimal Number

Example
Use a number line to round 7.36 to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.7 2
7.36 is closer to 7.4 than it is to 7.3.
So, 7.36 rounded to the nearest tenth is __7.40____.

Example
Use place value to round 2.185 to the nearest whole number and to the nearest hundredth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.7 3
So, 2.185 rounded to the nearest whole number is __2.2_____.
2.185 rounded to the nearest hundredth is ___2.200___.

Show and Grow

Round the number to the place of the underlined digit.
Question 1.
12.67
Answer:

the round place of  digit 6 is 12.70

Question 2.
0.439
Answer:

the round place of  digit 4 is 0.5

the round place of  digit 3 is 0.44

the round place of digit  9 is 0.440

Question 3.
2.555
Answer:

the round place of  digit 2 is 3.000

Question 4.
5.409

the round place of digit 4 is 5.400

Question 5.
Round 0.68 to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

0.68 to the nearest tenth  is 0.70, 6 at tenths place becomes 7

Question 6.
Round 1.715 to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:

1.715 to the nearest hundredth is  1.720, 1 at hundredths place becomes 2

Question 7.
Round 4.07 to the nearest whole number.
Answer:

4.07 to the nearest whole number becomes  4.00 or 4

Question 8.
Round 0.289 to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

0.289 to the nearest tenth is 0.300 as 2 becomes 3 at tenths place.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Round the number to the place of the underlined digit.
Question 9.
1.482
Answer:

the underlined digit is 8 ,so its value becomes 1.490

Question 10.
5.093
Answer:

the underlined digit is 0 so its value  becomes 5.100

Question 11.
8.502
Answer:

the underlined digit is 8 so its value becomes 9.000

Question 12.
34.748
Answer:

if it is underlined at 3 it becomes 35.000

if it is underlined at 4 it becomes 35.000

if it is underlined at 7 it becomes 35.000

if it is underlined at 4 it becomes 34.800

if it is underlined at 8 it becomes 34.750

Question 13.
Round 2.619 to the nearest whole number.
Answer:

the value of 2.619 becomes 3.000

Question 14.
Round 7.825 to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

the value of 7.825 to the nearest tenth is 7.900

Question 15.
Round 92.701 to the nearest ten.
Answer:

the value of 92.701 to the nearest ten 93.000

Question 16.
Round 4.263 to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:

the value of 4.263 to the nearest hundredth is 4.270

Question 17.
Round 0.829.
Nearest whole number:
Nearest tenth:
Nearest hundredth:
Answer:

Round 0.829
Nearest whole number:0.900
Nearest tenth:0.830
Nearest hundredth:0.830

Question 18.
Round 18.062.
Nearest whole number:18.100
Nearest tenth:18.070
Nearest hundredth:18.063
Answer:

Question 19.
A baby harp seal weighs 25.482 pounds. Round this weight to the nearest tenth of a pound.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.7 4
Answer:

Given a baby harp seal weighs 25.482 pounds and the nearest tenth is 25.000 pounds

So the weight of baby harp seal is 25.000 pounds.

Name the place value to which the number was rounded.
Question 20.
8.942 to 8.94
Answer:

It was rounded at hundredths value place

Question 21.
0.164 to 0.2
Answer:

It was rounded at tenths value place

Question 22.
15.826 to 16
Answer:

It was rounded at whole value place

Question 23.
Writing
Explain what happens when you round 2.999 to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

2.999 round value becomes 3.000 as all value places at tenths, hundredths, thousandths are 9 it becomes increased as we move so it ones value increases by 1 and becomes round 3.000.

Question 24.
DIG DEEPER!
To what place should you round 23.459 to get the greatest number? the least number? Explain.
Answer:

To make 23.459 to  greatest number the value of 4s at tenths  becomes 5,

23.500 and to make 23.500 round make 5 at tenths value increased and make ones value 3 as 4 so we get 24.000

and to make 23.459 to least number the value at hundredths 5 becomes 0 ,

23.400  and to make 23.400 round make 4 at tenths value as decreased to 0 and ones value same as 3 it becomes as 23.000

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Gasoline prices are listed to the nearest thousandth of a dollar. The final price is rounded to the nearest hundredth. About how much does a customer pay for 1 gallon of regular gasoline at the station shown?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.7 5
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Use place value to round the price of 1 gallon of regular gasoline, $2.799, to the nearest hundredth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.7 6
So, a customer will pay about $ ___$ 2.800____ for 1 gallon of gasoline.

Show and Grow

Use the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.7 7
Question 25.
What is the length of the praying mantis rounded to the nearest hundredth?
Answer:

Given  praying mantis as 3.254 so the  nearest hundredth becomes 3.26

Praying mantis becomes 3.260

Question 26.
What is the length of the cicada rounded to the nearest tenth?
Answer:

Given cicada 1.48 so rounded to the nearest tenth becomes 1.50

Cicada becomes 1.50

Question 27.
What is the length of the hissing cockroach rounded to the nearest tenth?
Answer:

Given Hissing cockroach 2.682 so rounded to the nearest tenth is 2.700

Hissing cockroach becomes 2.700

Question 28.
DIG DEEPER!
You have about $3 in coins. Write one possible combination of coins that represents the least amount of money you could have. Write another combination of coins for the greatest amount of money you could have.
Answer:

$3 Least amount of money combinations – 1. $ 1.0, $1.0    2.$ 1.0, $1.5

3.$0.5, $ 2.0 all combinations becomes less than $3

$ 3 greatest amount of money combinations- 1. $1.0, $ 2.5   2.$1.5 ,$2.0

3. $2.0 , $ 2.0 all combinations becomes more than $3

Round Decimals Homework & Practice 1.7

Round the number to the place of the underlined digit.
Question 1.
49.012
Answer:

the underline digit is 4 its round number 4 becomes 5 so it is 50.000

Question 2.
2.308
Answer:

the underline digit is 2  its round number 2 becomes as 2.000

Question 3.
9.647
Answer:

the underline digit is 6 its round number 6 becomes 7 so it is 9.700

Question 4.
7.519
Answer:

the underline digit is 1 its round number 1 becomes  2 so it is 7.520

Question 5.
Round 8.436 to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:

8.436 to the nearest hundredth, 3 becomes 4 so it is 8.440

Question 6.
Round 15.159 to the nearest ten.
Answer:

15.159 to the nearest ten ,1 becomes 2 so it is 15.200

Question 7.
Round 1.602 to the nearest whole number.
Answer:

1.602 to the nearest whole number is 2.0

Question 8.
Round 3.619 to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

3.619 to the nearest tenth, so 6 becomes 7 it is 3.700

Question 9.
Round 4.183.
Nearest whole number:
Nearest tenth:
Nearest hundredth:
Answer:

Round 4.183.
Nearest whole number:4.000
Nearest tenth:4.200
Nearest hundredth:4.200

Question 10.
Round 9.076.
Nearest whole number:
Nearest tenth:
Nearest hundredth:
Answer:

Round 9.076.
Nearest whole number:9.000
Nearest tenth:9.100
Nearest hundredth:9.080

Name the place value to which each number was rounded.
Question 11.
16.932 to 20
Answer:

16.932 at Tens value it is rounded  so it becomes 20

Question 12.
0.581 to 0.58
Answer:

0.581 to 0.58

0.581 at Thousandths value has been rounded so 0.58

Question 13.
7.429 to 7.4
Answer:

7.429 to 7.4

7.429 at Hundredths value has been rounded so 7.4

Question 14.
Structure
Round ★ to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.7 8
Answer:

the nearest tenth * in the number line is showing at 5.64

Question 15.
Precision
The area of a campground is exactly halfway between 25.9 acres and 26 acres. What is the area of the campground?
Answer:

Halfway of 25.9 and 26.0 is 25.90+25.60=51.50/2 = 25.75 acres

So the area of the campground is 25.75 acres.

Question 16.
Open-Ended
Name two different numbers that round to 3.8 when rounded to the nearest tenth.
Answer:

The two numbers that are round to 3.8 when rounded to the nearest tenth place the value becomes 4.0 and  3.90

Question 17.
Open-Ended
Name two different numbers that round to 7.42 when rounded to the nearest hundredth.
Answer:

The two numbers that round to 7.42 when rounded to the nearest hundredth place the value becomes 7.50 and 7.40

Use the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1.7 9
Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
Your science class designs and tests four model boats to find out how much weight they can hold without sinking. What is the greatest weight rounded to the nearest tenth that a boat can hold?
Answer:

Given weights held without sinking in kilograms are

0.694,0.605,0.592,0.547 among all the weights the greatest weight rounded to the nearest tenth that a boat can hold is (0.694) i.e  0.7 kilograms

Question 19.
Modeling Real Life
What is the least weight rounded to the nearest hundredth that a boat can hold?
Answer:

The least weight rounded to the nearest hundredth is (0.547)- o.5 kilograms a boat can hold

Review & Refresh

Find the product.
Question 20.
7 × 40
Answer:

The product of 7 X 40 = 280

Question 21.
5,000 × 9
Answer:

The product of 5,000 x 9 = 45,000

Question 22.
8 × 200
Answer:

The product of 8 x 200=1,600

Place Value Concepts Performance Task

There are 18 species of penguins. Scientists have estimated the populations of 16 penguin species.
Question 1.
What fraction of penguin species have unknown populations?
Answer:

Given total is 18 species of penguins out of which Scientists have estimated the populations of 16 penguin species. so unknown is 18-16/18=2/18,

so 2/18=1/9 of penguin species have unknown populations

Question 2.
Several species of penguins and their estimated populations and locations are shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 1
a. Are there more emperor penguins or rockhopper penguins? Explain.
b. Which species of penguin has the greatest population? Explain.
c. About how many penguins live in Antarctica? Round your answer to the nearest hundred thousand.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 2
d. The Galápagos penguin is an endangered species. There are about 1,000 times as many macaroni penguins as Galápagos penguins. About how many Galápagos penguins are there?
Answer:

a. Rock hopper penguins are more than Emperor

2,460,000>595,000 as  2,460,000 is greater than 595,000 so Rock hopper penguins are more

B. Macaroni species 18 x 106 of penguin has the greatest population as compared to Emperor 595,000,Adelie 4,000,000+7,00,000+40,000=4,740,000 and

Rockhopper-2,460,000

among all the species Macaroni 18 x 106– species is more.

C. Macaroni + Adelie + Rockhopper +Emperor

18,000,000+4,740,000+ 2,460,000 + 595,000 = 25,795,000

25,785,000  to the nearest hundred thousand is 26,000,000

So there are almost 26,000,000 penguins live in Antarctica.

d. 1,000 times as many macaroni penguins as Galápagos penguins is

18 x 106  x 1 x 1000 = 18 x 10

So there are 18 x 10Galápagos penguins available

Place Value Concepts Activity

Place Value Plug In
Directions:
1. Players take turns.
2. On your turn, roll six dice. Arrange the dice into a six-digit number that matches one of the descriptions.
3. Write your number on the lines.
4. The first player to fill in all of the numbers wins!
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts 3
Answer:

Place Value Concepts Chapter Practice

1.1 Place Value Patterns

Use a place value chart to answer the question.
Question 1.
What number is 10 times as great as 4,000?
Answer:

10 times as great as 4,000 is 10 x 4,000= 40,000

Question 2.
What number is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of 8,000?
Answer:

\(\frac{1}{10}\) of 8,000 is 8,000/10 = 800

Question 3.
10,000 is 10 times as great as what number?
Answer:

10,000 is 10 times as great as 1,000

Question 4.
70 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of what number?
Answer:

70 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of 700

Question 5.
Complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts chp 5
Answer:

300 is 10 times as great as 30  and 30 x 1/10 is 3

6,000 is 10 times as great as 600 and 600 x 1/10  is 60

90,000 is 10 times as great as 9,000 and 9,000 x 1/10 is 900

2,00,000 is 10 times as great as 20,000 and 20,000 x 1/10=2,000

Question 6.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says 500 is 10 times as great as 5,000. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

No, My friend is wrong because  500 is not 10 times great as 5,000,

500 < 5,000.

1.2 Place Value with Whole Numbers

Question 7.
Write the number in two other forms.
Standard form: 456,701
Word form:
Expanded form:
Answer:

Word form: Four hundred fifty six thousand, seven hundred and one
Expanded form:4 x 100000 + 5 x 10000 + 6 x 1000 + 7 x 100 + 1

Question 8.
Write the number in two other forms.
Standard form:
Word form: Eight million, sixty thousand, five hundred seventy-three
Expanded form:
Answer:

Standard form:8,060,573
Expanded form:8 x 1000000+6 x 10000 + 5 x 100 + 7 x 10 + 3

Question 9.
Compare the values of the 4s in the number 900,441,358.
Answer:

4s value is at lakh or hundred thousandths place and another 4s place is at ten thousandths place.

Question 10.
Write the values of the 6s in the number 96,672.
Answer:

The values of the 6s in the number 96,672 are

6s place is at thousand and another 6s is at hundreds place

Compare.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts chp 11
Answer:

83,802 > 83,082

The value at hundred 8 is more/great to 0 at hundreds place

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts chp 12
Answer:

2,498,576 > 2,477,583

The value at 9 at ten thousands place is more/great than 7 at ten thousands place

1.3 Patterns and Powers of 10

Question 13.
Write 10 × 10 as a power.
Answer:

10 × 10 as a power is 102

Find each product. Use patterns to help.
Question 14.
4 × 10 = _____
4 × 100 = ______
4 × 1,000 = _____
4 × 10,000 = ______
Answer:

4 × 10 = 40
4 × 100 = 400
4 × 1,000 = 4,000
4 × 10,000 =40,000

Question 15.
3 × 10 = _____
3 × 100 = ______
3 × 1,000 = _____
3 × 10,000 = ______
Answer:

3 × 10 = 30
3 × 100 = 300
3 × 1,000 = 3,000
3 × 10,000 = 30,000

Question 16.
7 × 10 = _____
7 × 100 = ______
7 × 1,000 = _____
7 × 10,000 = ______
Answer:

7 × 10 = 70
7 × 100 = 700
7 × 1,000 = 7,000
7 × 10,000 = 70,000

Find the value of the expression.
Question 17.
105
Answer:

105=1,00,000

Question 18.
8 × 101
Answer:

8 × 101= 8 x 10 = 80

Question 19.
7 × 104
Answer:

7 × 104 = 7 x  10 x 10 x 10 x 10= 70,000

Question 20.
3 × 105
Answer:

3 × 105 = 3 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10 X 10=3,00,000

Rewrite the number as a whole number multiplied by a power of 10.
Question 21.
5,000
Answer:

5,000= 5 X 103

Question 22.
600,000
Answer:

6,00,000= 6 X 105

Question 23.
90
Answer:

90= 90 X 101

1.4 Decimals to Thousandths

Write the decimal as a fraction.
Question 24.
0.062
Answer:

0.062= 62 X 1/1,000

Question 25.
0.008
Answer:

0.008= 8 X 1/1,000

Question 26.
0.195
Answer:

0.195= 195 X 1/1,000

Write the fraction as a decimal.
Question 27.
\(\frac{2}{1,000}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{2}{1,000}\) = 2 x 1/1,000= 0.002

Question 28.
\(\frac{37}{1,000}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{37}{1,000}\) = 37 x 1/1,000= 0.037

Question 29.
\(\frac{409}{1,000}\)
Answer:

\(\frac{409}{1,000}\)= 409/1,000=0.409

Question 30.
0.0.7 is 10 times as great as what number?
Answer:

0.07 is 10 times great as 0.007

Question 31.
0.04 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of what number?
Answer:

0.04 is \(\frac{1}{10}\) of 0.4

1.5 Place Value with Decimals

Write the number in two other forms.
Question 32.
Standard form:
Word form:
Expanded form: 5 × 1 + 3 × \(\frac{1}{10}\) + 8 × \(\frac{1}{100}\) + 4 × \(\frac{1}{1,000}\)
Answer:

Standard form:5+0.3+0.08+0.004=5.384
Word form: five and three tenths, eight hundredths and 4 thousandths

Question 33.
Standard form: 2.059
Word form:
Expanded form:
Answer:

Word form: two and five hundredths and nine thousandths

Expanded form: 2 x 1 + 5 x 1/100 + 9 x 1/1000

Question 34.
Compare the values of the 5s in the number 1.055.
Answer:

5s value is at hundredths and another 5s value is at thousandths place

Question 35.
Compare the values of the 8s in the number 6.884.
Answer:

8s place value is at tenths value and other 8s place value is at hundredths place

1.6 Compare Decimals

Compare.
Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts chp 36
Answer:

15.891 > 15.791

the 8 value at tenths place is greater than 7 at tenths place

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts chp 37
Answer:

8.205 < 8.250

the 0 at hundredths is less than 5 at hundredths

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts chp 38

Answer:

Both are same

3.600 = 3.6

Order the decimals from least to greatest.
Question 39.
7.008, 7.09, 7.180
Answer:

7.008<7.09

7.09 <7.18

so the decimals from least to greatest are 7.008 , 7.09, 7.180

Question 40.
50.426, 50.42, 50
Answer:

50 < 50.42

50.42 < 50.426

so the decimals from least to greatest are 50, 50.42, 5.0426

Question 41.
Modeling Real Life
Newton weighs a treat at the pet store. He says it weighs less than 0.519 ounce but more than 0.453 ounce. Which treats could he have weighed?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts chp 41
Answer:

Newton says it weighs less than 0.519 ounce  but more than 0.453 ounce,

so Blue berry waffle 0.512 which is in between 0.453<0.512<0.519

and We have more than 0.453 is 0.459 ounce which is Peanut butter and is less than 0.519 ounce

So Peanut butter 0.453 is in between 0.453<0.459<0.519

so newton would have weighed Peanut butter 0.459 ounce

and it can be even Blueberry  waffle 0.512  ounce

newton’s treats could be Peanut butter ,Blueberry waffle

1.7 Round Decimals

Round the number to the place of the underlined digit.
Question 42.
9.514
Answer:

if 9 is digit then it is rounded as 9.0

if 5 then  it is rounded as 9.500

if 1 then it is rounded as 9.520

if  4 then it is rounded as 9.520,9.510

Question 43.
1.027
Answer:

1.027 at 2 it is rounded as 1.03

Question 44.
8.469
Answer:

8.469, 8 is rounded as 8.500 or 8 or 8.000

Question 45.
32.501
Answer:

in 32.501

3 is rounded as  30.000

2- 33.000

5- 32.6 or 33

0-32.5

1 -32.500

Question 46.
Round 0.176 to the nearest
Answer:

0.200

Question 47.
Round 6.538 to the nearest tenth. hundredth.
Answer:

6.500 

Question 48.
Round 7.425.
Nearest whole number:
Nearest tenth:
Nearest hundredth:
Answer:

Nearest whole number:8.000, 8
Nearest tenth:7.500
Nearest hundredth:7.430

Question 49.
Round 2.108.
Nearest whole number:
Nearest tenth:
Nearest hundredth:
Answer:

Nearest whole number:2.000, 2
Nearest tenth:2.100
Nearest hundredth:2.100

Final Words:

It is very important for the students to understand and learn the fundamentals at the primary level itself. Here we have prepared the questions as per the latest edition 2019. Keep the textbook aside and try to solve the problems by referring to our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts. To make you comfortable we have provided the solution key for Big Ideas Math Grade 5 Chapter 1 Place Value Concepts in the pdf format. Stay tuned to our CCSS Math Answers to get the latest updates of BIM Grade 5 Chapters.

HDFCLIFE Pivot Calculator

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7

Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions is given by subject experts adhering to the latest syllabus guidelines. Become Proficient in the Concepts of Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Functions by consistently practicing from our BIM Book 8th Grade Ch 7 Functions Answer Key. To make it easy for you to understand the concepts we have provided step-by-step solutions in the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions. You can download the quick resources without even paying a single penny.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Functions

Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Ch 7 Functions Solutions provided here cover the questions from Lessons 7.1 to 7.5, Practice Tests, Review Tests, Cumulative Practice, Assessment Tests, etc. You can have deeper insights into all the Topics of Functions such as the representation of functions, linear functions, analyzing and sketching graphs, etc. Use the below available quick links for Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions Answer Key and clear all your ambiguities regarding the concerned topics.

STEAM Video/Performance Task

Getting Ready for Chapter 7

Lesson 1 Relations and Functions

Lesson 2 Representations of Functions 

Lesson 3 Linear Functions

Lesson 4 Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions

Lesson 5 Analyzing and Sketching Graphs

Functions Connecting Concepts

Functions STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Apparent Temperature
Sometimes it feels hotter or colder outside than the actual apparent temperature. How hot or cold it feels is called the temperature. What weather factors might contribute to the apparent temperature?
Watch the STEAM Video “Apparent Temperature.” Then answer the following questions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 1
1. Robert says that the Wet-Bulb Globe Temperature (WBGT)index is used as a measure of apparent temperature.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 2
In the formula, TW is the natural wet-bulb temperature, TG is the black-globe temperature, TD and is the dry-bulb temperature. Find WBGT when TW = 75ºF, TG = 100ºF, and TD = 84ºF.
2. Different categories of Wet-Bulb Globe Temperatures are shown in the chart. Each category can be represented by a different-colored flag. Which flag color is displayed when WGBT = 87.5ºF?

Performance Task

Heat Index
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the STEAM concepts you learned to answer the questions in the Video Performance Task. You will be given information about heat index.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 3
You will be asked to create a graph of the temperatures and heat indices. Why is it useful to know the heat index?

Functions Getting Ready for Chapter 7

Chapter Exploration

Work with a partner. Copy and complete the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 4

1.  Answer: ( 1 , 2 ) , ( 2 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) .

Explanation:
Given , Width w = 2 , Length l = x  where x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 .
To find Area A of a rectangle we have , A = w × l
for x = 1 , A = 2 × 1 = 2 ,
for x = 2 , A = 2 × 2 = 4 ,
for x = 3 , A = 2 × 3 = 6 ,
for x = 4 , A = 2 × 4 = 8 ,
So, for every value of Input x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output A = 2 , 4 , 6 , 8 , respectively .
That is ( 1 , 2 ) , ( 2 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) .

2. Answer: ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 12 ).

Explanation:
Given , Width w = 2 , Length l = x  where x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 .
To find Perimeter of a rectangle we have , P = 2( l + w )
for x = 1 ,P = 2( 1 + 2 ) = 2 × 3 = 6 ,
for x = 2 , P = 2( 2 + 2 ) = 2 × 4 = 8  ,
for x = 3 , P = 2( 3 + 2 ) = 2 × 5 = 10  ,
for x = 4 , P = 2( 4 + 2 ) = 2 × 6 = 12  ,
So, for every value of Input x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output P = 6 , 8 , 10 , 12 , respectively .
That is ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 12 ) .

3. Answer : ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 12 ) , ( 3 , 18 ) , ( 4 , 24 ) .

Explanation:
Given , Radius of a circle , where as  r = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
To find the circumference of a circle , we have C = 2Òr , Ò = 3.14 , or we can write it as 3 .
for r = 1 , C = 2 × 3 × 1 = 6 ,
for r = 2 , C = 2 × 3 × 2 = 12 ,
for r = 3 , C = 2 × 3 × 3 = 18 ,
for r = 4 , C = 2 × 3 × 4 = 24 ,
So, for every value of Input r = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output C = 6 , 12 , 18 , 24 , respectively .
That is ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 12 ) , ( 3 , 18 ) , ( 4 , 24 ) .

4. Answer: ( 1 , 9 ) , ( 2 , 18 ) , ( 3 , 27 ) , ( 4 , 36 )

Explanation:
Given , Two Edges of a cube = 3 , h = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
To find the Volume of the cube we have , V = a³
for h = 1 , V = 3 × 3 × 1 = 9 ,
for h = 2 , V = 3 × 3 × 2 = 12 ,
for h = 3 , V = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 ,
for h = 4 , V = 3 × 3 × 4 = 36 ,
So, for every value of Input h = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output V = 9 , 18 , 27 , 36 , respectively .
That is ( 1 , 9 ) , ( 2 , 18 ) , ( 3 , 27 ) , ( 4 , 36 ) .

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
input
mapping diagram
nonlinear function
output
linear function

Answer : Input : The ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs of a function ,The input is the number you feed into the expression, and the output is what you get after the calculations are finished.

mapping diagram : A relation pairs inputs with outputs , A relation can be represented by ordered pairs or a mapping diagram .

nonlinear function : nonlinear functions are functions which are not linear. Quadratic functions are one type of nonlinear function. It is a relation between two variables , function that does not form a line when graphed.

output ; The ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs of a function ,The input is the number you feed into the expression, and the output is what you get after the calculations are finished.

linear function : A linear function is a relation between two variables that produces a straight line when graphed. And it has one dependent variable and one independent variable .

Lesson 7.1 Relations and Functions

EXPLORATION 1

Interpreting Diagrams
Work with a partner. Describe the relationship between the inputs and outputs in each diagram. Then complete each diagram. Is there more than one possible answer? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 1
Answer: a. The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of twice as many times the inputs.
b. The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of colors of inputs . In this case we can notice that , for any one input we can have more than one output .

Explanation:
a. As shown in the diagrams , The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of twice as many times the inputs , so for input 1 = 1 × 1 = 1 as output ,
for input 2 = 2 × 2 = 4  ,
for input 3 = 3 × 3 = 9  ,
for input 5 = 5 × 5 = 25 ,
for input 8 = 8 × 8 = 64 ,
for input 9 = 9 × 9 = 81 ,

So, for every value of Input = 1 , 2 , 3 , 5 , 8 , 9 , we have Output = 1 , 4 , 9 , 25 , 64 , 81 , respectively .
That is ( 1 , 1 ) , ( 2 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 9 ) , ( 5 , 25 ) , ( 8 , 64 ) , ( 9 , 81 ) .

b. The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of colors of inputs . 
for input Blueberry = color is blue as output
for  input lemon = color is yellow as output
for input Apple = color is yellow , red and green as output
for input Grape = color is green as output.

In this case we can notice that , for any one input we can have more than one output .

EXPLORATION 2

Describing Relationships Between Quantities
Work with a partner. The diagrams show the numbers of tickets bought by customers for two different plays and the total costs (in dollars).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 2
a. For each diagram, how many outputs does each input have?
b. Describe the prices of tickets for each play.
c. A person buys 4 tickets for each play. Can you determine the total cost of all 8 tickets? Explain.
Answer:
a. For Play A ,The number of inputs are equal to number of outputs ,
For Play B , The number of inputs are not equal to number of outputs .
So, input 1 = 2 outputs , input 2 = 3 outputs , input 3 = 4 outputs .

b. For Play A , The price of the each ticket is $8 .
For Play B , The price of each ticket is $4 or $8 .

c. For Play A , each ticket is $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 .
For Play B , each ticket is $4 or $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 . or 4 × $4 = $16 .

Explanation:
a. For Play A ,
The number of inputs are equal to number of outputs , 4 inputs = 4 outputs
That is ( 1 , 8 ) , ( 2 , 16 ) , ( 3 , 24 ) , ( 4 , 32 ) .
For Play B ,
The number of inputs are not equal to number of outputs , 3 inputs are not equal to 7 outputs
That is , for input 1 = 4 , 8 as outputs ,
for input 2 = 8 , 12 , 16 as outputs ,
for input 3 = 12 , 16 , 20 , 24 as outputs ,
So, input 1 = 2 outputs , input 2 = 3 outputs , input 3 = 4 outputs .

b. For Play A ,
The price of the each ticket is $8 .
For Play B ,
The price of each ticket is $4 or $8 .

c. Given , A person buys 4 tickets for each play.
For Play A , each ticket is $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 .
And for 8 tickets = 8 × $8 = $64 .
For Play B , each ticket is $4 or $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 . or 4 × $4 = $16 .
And for 8 tickets =8 × $4 =$32  or 8 × $8 = $64 .

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 3

Try It

List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 4
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 12 ) , ( 2 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) .

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 12 ) , ( 2 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 5
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 1 , -1 ) , ( 1 , -2 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 2 , -4 ) .

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 1 , -1 ) , ( 1 , -2 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 2 , -4 ) .

Determine whether the relation is a function.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 6
Answer: The relation is not a function

Explanation:
The each input has  more than two outputs , Even one of those inputs are unclear of outputs
So , The relation is not a function .

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 7
Answer: The relation is a function .

Explanation:
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
PRECISION
Describe how relations and functions are different.
Answer: Relations are nothing but the ordered pairs with Inputs and Outputs . On the other hand , Functions are The relation that pairs with one input with exactly one output  are called Functions.

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram. Then determine whether the relation is a function.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 8
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( 10 , 1 ) , ( 15 , 1 ) , ( 20 , 13 ) , ( 25 , 7 ) and The relation is a function .

Explanation:
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 10 , 1 ) , ( 15 , 1 ) , ( 20 , 13 ) , ( 25 , 7 ) .
Each input has exactly one output ,
So, The relation is a function .

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 9
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( 0 , -5 ) , ( 0 , -4 ) , ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 3 , -2 ) and relation is not a function .

Explanation:
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 0 , -5 ) , ( 0 , -4 ) , ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 3 , -2 ) .
The input 0 has more than one output ,
So, The relation is not a function .

Question 8.
OPEN-ENDED
Copy and complete the mapping diagram at the left to represent a relation that is a function. Then describe how you can not modify the mapping diagram so that the relation is a function.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 10
Answer: ordered pairs are ( -8 , -4 ) , ( 0 , -2 ) , ( 8 , 0 ) , ( 16 , 2 ) . To have the relation as a function we must have only one output for one input.

Explanation:
The ordered pairs of the diagram are ( -8 , -4 ) , ( 0 , -2 ) , ( 8 , 0 ) , ( 16 , 2 ) .
Each Input must have only one output in order to be the relation is a function ,
If ,The mapping diagram has the right to left representation or each input has more than one output , then the relation is not a function .
So , To have the relation as a function we must have only one output for one input.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
The mapping diagram represents the costs of reserving a hotel room for different numbers of nights.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 11
a. Is the cost a function of the number of nights reserved?
b. Describe the relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved.
Answer: a. Yes , The cost is a function of the number of nights reserved .
b. The relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved is , For every night reservation of the room is increasing by $85 with increase in the next reservation ,

Explanation:
a. From the diagram we have ,
Ordered pairs are ( 1 , -$85 ) , ( 2 , $170 ) , ( 3 , $255 ) , ( 4 , $340 ) . each input has exactly one output ,
So , the relation is a function and ,
Yes , The cost is a function of the number of nights reserved .

b. The relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved is ,
For every night reservation of the room is increasing by $85 with increase in the next reservation,
that is , input 1 = $85 as output
Input 2 = $85 + $85 = $170 as output
Input 3 = $170 + $85 = $255 as output
Input 2 = $255 + $85 = $340 as output

So, The relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved is ,
For every night reservation of the room is increasing by $85 with increase in the next reservation.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
The graph represents the number of contestants in each round of a talent competition.
a. Is the number of contestants a function of the round number?
b. Predict the number of contestants in the talent competition during Round 7. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 12
Answer: a. The number of contestants is a function of the round number.
b. The number of contestants in the talent competition during Round 7  are 2.

Explanation:
a. From the given graph , The ordered pairs are ( 1 , 128 ) , ( 2 , 64 ) , ( 3 , 32 ) , ( 4 , 16 ) .
Each input has only one output , The relation is a function .
So , the number of contestants is a function of the round number.

b. Firstly , The relation between the input and output is,
With every increase in the round number the number of contestants are decreasing by half the number of the previous round , That is, for  input 1 = 128 as output
For input 2 = 128 – 64 = 64  as output
For input 3 = 64 – 32 = 32  as output
For input 4 = 32 – 16 = 16  as output
For input 5 = 16 – 8 = 8  as output
For input 6 = 8 – 4 = 4  as output
For input 7 = 4 – 2 = 2  as output,
So, The number of contestants in the talent competition during Round 7  are 2 .

Relations and Functions Homework & Practice 7.1

Review & Refresh

Choose an appropriate data display for the situation. Explain your reasoning.
Question 1.
the number of runners in each
age group at a marathon
Answer: In a marathon ,the people of all age group are participating for a promotion on healthy lifestyle, The number of runners in each  group has kids, adults and old people to spread the awareness of leading a healthy life by running daily in the morning . Running or jogging in the morning can help us to maintain our body mass index at an optimal level which is good for heart. The Marathon is conducted by the government of health ministry to be example for the future generations.

Question 2.
the high temperature and the
attendance at a water park each day
Answer:  Generally, The water park is normally crowded depending on the season and the temperature, In summer the attendance in the waterpark is at the utmost point because of the high temperature and the seasonal vacation. Going to the water park in summer is super fun due to the number of  water slides , water rides will be a nice place to the whole family trip and as well as friends . In order to be there at a less crowded time spring is also a nice time to visit the water park .

Graph the linear equation.
Question 3.
y = 2x – 3
Answer:
Explanation:
Given , y = 2x – 3 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 1 , then y = 2(1) – 3 = 2 – 3 = -1 . co-ordinates are (1 , -1)
if x = 2 , then y = 2(2) – 3 = 4 – 3 = 1 , co-ordinates are (2 , 1)
The co-ordinates (1 , -1) , (2 , 1) form a straight line .
So, y = 2x – 3 is a linear equation.

Question 4.
y = – 0.5x
Answer:
Explanation:
Given , y = -0.5x , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = -0.5(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 2 , then y = -0.5(2) = -1 , co-ordinates are (2 , -1)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (2 , -1) form a straight line .
So, y = -0.5x is a linear equation.

Question 5.
y = – 3x + 4
Answer:
Explanation:
Given , y = – 3x + 4 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = – 3(0) + 4 = 4 . co-ordinates are (0 , 4)
if x = 1 , then y = – 3(1) + 4 = -3 + 4 = 1 , co-ordinates are (1 , 1)
if x = 2 , then y = – 3(2) + 4 = -6 + 4 = -2 , co-ordinates are (2 , -2)
The co-ordinates (0 , 4) , (1 , 1) , (2 , -2) form a straight line .
So, y = – 3x + 4 is a linear equation.

Question 6.
Which word best describes two figures that have the same size and the same shape?
A. congruent
B. adjacent
C. parallel
D. similar
Answer:  A. congruent

Explanation:
Two figures which have the same size and shape are congruent.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

INTERPRETING DIAGRAMS Describe the relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram. Then complete the diagram. Is there more than one possible answer? Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 275.)
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 13
Answer: The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is ,
For every increase in number of input is having the output of adding -4 to the previous output.

Explanation:
The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is ,
For every increase in number of input is having the output of adding -4 to the previous output ,
for input 1 = -1 as output
for input 2 = -1 + (-4) = -5 as output
for input 3 = -5 + (-4) = -9 as output
for input 4 = -9 + (-4) = -13 as output
for input 5 = -13 + (-4) = -17 as output
for input 6 = -17 + (-4) = -21 as output.
So, The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is ,
For every increase in number of input is having the output of adding -4 to the previous output .

In this case , we are witnessing only one output for one input.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 14
Answer: The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is,
Each input has the sports name and the output has the Starting letter of sports name.

Explanation:
The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is,
Each input has the sports name and the output has the Starting letter of sports name.
For input basketball = b as output
For input baseball = b as output
For input football = f as output
For input soccer = s as output
For input swimming = s as output,
So, The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is,
Each input has the sports name and the output has the Starting letter of sports name.

In this case we have more than one output for input.

LISTING ORDERED PAIRS List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 15
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 5 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) , ( 9 , 7 ) .

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 5 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) , ( 9 , 7 ) .

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 16
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 1 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 4 ) , ( 5 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 2 ).

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 1 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 4 ) , ( 5 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 2 ).

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 17
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 6 , -5 ) , ( 7 , -5 ) , ( 8 , -10 ) , ( 9 , -10 ).

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 6 , -5 ) , ( 7 , -5 ) , ( 8 , -10 ) , ( 9 , -10 ).

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS Determine whether the relation is a function.
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 18
Answer: The relation is not a function .

Explanation:
The each input has  more than two outputs , That is one input has multiple number of outputs.
Here , input 0 has two outputs which are 10 and 20 .
So , The relation is not a function .

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 19
Answer: The relation is a function .

Explanation:
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 20
Answer: The relation is a function .

Explanation:
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 15.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend determines whether the relation shown in the mapping diagram is a function. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 21
Answer: The relation is not a function .

Explanation:
The each input has  more than two outputs , That is one input has multiple number of outputs.
Here , input 4 has four outputs which are 5, 6 , 7 and 8.
So , The relation is not a function .

REASONING Draw a mapping diagram that represents the relation. Then determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.
Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 22
Answer:  The mapping diagram representing the relation is

Explanation:
From the given graph , co-ordinates of the ordering pairs are( 1 , 1 ), ( 3 , 3 ), ( -1 , -1 ), ( -3 , -3 ).
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 23
Answer: The mapping diagram representing the relation is

Explanation:
From the given graph , co-ordinates of the ordering pairs are( 0 , 8 ),( 2 , 8 ),( 4 , 8 ),( 6 , 8 ),( 8 , 8 ),( -2 , 8 ),( -4 , 8 ). Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 24
Answer: The mapping diagram representing the relation is

Explanation:
From the given graph , co-ordinates of the ordering pairs are( -2 , 1 ),( -2 , 2 ),( -2 , 3 ),( -2 , 4 ),( -2 , 5 ),( -2 , 6 ).
Each input has more than one output ,
So , The relation is not a function.

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The normal pressure at sea level is 1 atmosphere of pressure(1 ATM). As you dive below sea level, the pressure changes. The mapping diagram represents the pressures at different depths.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 25
a. Complete the mapping diagram.
b. Is pressure a function of depth?
c. Describe the relationship between pressure and depth.
d. List the ordered pairs. Then plot the ordered pairs in a coordinate plane. What do you notice about the points?
e. RESEARCH What are common depths for beginner scuba divers? What are common depths for experienced scuba divers?
Answer: The detailed explanation of  all the answers are given below .

Explanation:
a. The mapping diagram is
b. Yes , the pressure is a function of depth, Because depth is related to pressure in the given mapping diagram.

c. The relationship between pressure and depth is,
for every 10m increase in Depth of input there is an increase in 1 ATM pressure .

d. The ordered pairs are ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 10 , 2 ) , (20 , 3 ) , ( 30 , 4 ) , ( 40 , 5 ), ( 50 , 6 ).
The plot of the ordered pairs in a coordinate plane is

From the graph, we have seen that, if the depth of the diving of scuba drivers increases then the water pressure increases with increase in depth. So, the graph have straight line .

e. The common depths for beginner scuba divers is 30 feet to 60 feet or 9 to 18 meters ,
The common depths for experienced scuba divers is more than 60 feet or more than 18 meters .

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the cost of purchasing 1, 2, 3, or 4 T-shirts from a souvenir shop.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 26
a. Is the cost a function of the number of T-shirts purchased?
b. Describe the relationship between the cost and the number cost per T-shirt of T-shirts purchased. How does the change as you purchase more T-shirts?
Answer: The detailed explanation of  all the answers are given below .

Explanation:
a. Yes , The cost is a function of the number of T-shirts purchased, Because the cost of the purchased T-shirts is varying with the number of T-shirts purchased.

b. The relationship between the cost and the number cost per T-shirt of T-shirts purchased is,
Input is the cost of 1 T-shirt is $10 as output , Then for 2 T-shirts cost will be $20
If 2 T-shirts will be purchased at same time, cost will be decreased by $2 so it will be $10 + 8 = $18 for 2 T-shirts.
As per the single T-shirt cost , For 3 T-shirts will be $30,
So in the table given that 3 T-shirts will cost $24 , because it cost $18 + 6 = $24 for 3 T-shirts.
It goes same for 4 T-shirts , For 4 T-shirts will be $40, because it cost $24 + 4 = $28 for 4 T-shirts.

The change as you purchase more T-shirts is For every increase in purchase of the number of T-shirts is decrease in the cost of total T-shirts purchased.

Question 21.
REPEATED REASONING
The table shows the outputs for several inputs. Use two methods to predict the output for an input of 200.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 27
Answer: The output for an input of 200 is 1025.

Explanation:
Method 1. The relation between inputs and outputs is as follows,
y = 25 + 5x
As input increases by 1 , output increases by 5 units,
To find output of 200 as input ,
put x = 200 in the equation,
y = 25 + 5(200)
= 25 + 1000
= 1025.
So , y = 1025.

Method 2.  As the table shown, for every increase in input there is an increase in 5 numbers in output,
So , For 1 input = 25 + 5 = 30 as output
For 2 input = 30 + 5 = 35 as out put
For 3 input = 35 + 5 = 40 as out put
For 4 input = 40 + 5 = 45 as out put
By doing this for number 200 as input we have , 1025 as output.

Lesson 7.2 Representations of Functions

EXPLORATION 1

Using a Table to Describe Relationships
Work with a partner. Make a table that shows the relationship  between the figure number x and the area A of each figure. Then use an equation to find which figure has an area of 81 square units when the pattern continues.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 1

Answer: a. The equation is y = 2x – 1, For figure has an area of 81 square units is 41.
b. The equation is y = x²,  For figure has an area of 81 square units is 9.

Explanation:
a. figure shows the 1 square unit of each box  for and it has a pattern of  2x – 1
figure 1 = 1 square unit
figure 2 =3 square units
figure 3 = 5 square unit and so on
So, the equation is y = 2x – 1 , it is in the form of y = mx + c,
Given to which figure has an area of 81 square units
substitute y  = 81, we have
y = 2x – 1
81 = 2x – 1
2x = 82
x = 41
So, For figure has an area of 81 square units is 41.

b. As shown above , we know that ,
figure 1 = 1 square unit
figure 2 =4 square units
figure 3 = 9 square unit and so on
Here we have a pattern of power of its own number,
So, the Equation  will be y = x²
Given to which figure has an area of 81 square units
substitute y  = 81, we have
x  = 9
So, For figure has an area of 81 square units is 9.

EXPLORATION 2

Using a Graph
Work with a partner. Use a graph to test the truth of each statement. If the statement is true, write an equation that shows how to obtain one measurement from the other.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 2
a. “You can find the horsepower of a race-car car engine if you know its volume in cubic inches”
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 3
b. “You can find the volume of a race-car engine in cubic centimeters if you know its volume in cubic inches.”
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 4

Answer: a. Given ordered pairs are (200 , 375) , (350 , 650) , (350 , 250) , (500 , 600)
We can not find the horsepower of a race-car car engine if you know its volume in cubic inches
b. Given ordered pairs are (100 , 1640) , (200 , 3280) , (300 , 4920) ,
Yes, You can find the volume of a race-car engine in cubic centimeters if you know its volume in cubic inches

Explanation:
a. Given ordered pairs are (200 , 375) , (350 , 650) , (350 , 250) , (500 , 600)
We can not find the horsepower of a race-car car engine if you know its volume in cubic inches

b. Given ordered pairs are (100 , 1640) , (200 , 3280) , (300 , 4920) ,
Yes, You can find the volume of a race-car engine in cubic centimeters if you know its volume in cubic inches

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 5

Try It

Question 1.
Write a function rule for “The output is one-fourth of the input.”
Answer:  y = \(\frac{x}{4}\)

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is one-fourth of the input, will be ,
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\).

Find the value of y when x = 5.
Question 2.
y = 4x – 1
Answer: y = 19.

Explanation:
Given, y = 4x – 1
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = 4(5) – 1
y = 20 – 1 = 19
So, y = 19.

Question 3.
y = 10x
Answer: y = 50

Explanation:
Given, y =10x
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = 10(5)
y = 50
So, y = 50.

Question 4.
y = 7 – 3x
Answer: y = -8.

Explanation:
Given, y = 7 – 3x
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = 7 – 3(5)
y = 7 – 15 = -8
So, y = -8.

Graph the function.
Question 5.
y = x + 1
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = x + 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 1 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 1 = 2 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 1 = 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , 3)
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 2) , (2 , 3) form a straight line .

Question 6.
y = – 3x
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = – 3x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = -3(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = -3(1) = -3 . co-ordinates are (1 , -3)
if x = 2 , then y = -3(2) = -6 , co-ordinates are (2 , -6)
if x = 3 , then y = -3(3) = -9 , co-ordinates are (3 , -9)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -3) , (2 , -6) ,(3 , -9) form a straight line .

Question 7.
y = 3x + 2
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = 3x + 2  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =3(0) + 2 = 2 . co-ordinates are (0 , 2)
if x = 1 , then y = 3(1) + 2= 5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 5)
if x = 2 , then y =3(2) + 2 = 7 , co-ordinates are (2 , 7)
The co-ordinates (0 , 2) , (1 , 5) , (2 , 7) form a straight line .

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING FUNCTION RULES Write a function rule for the statement.
Question 8.
The output is three times the input.
Answer: y = 3x

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is three times the input. will be ,
So , y = 3x .

Question 9.
The output is eight more than one-seventh of the input.
Answer: y = 8 + \(\frac{x}{7}\) .

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is eight more than one-seventh of the input., will be ,
So, y = 8 + \(\frac{x}{7}\) .

EVALUATING A FUNCTION Find the value of y when x = 5.
Question 10.
y = 6x
Answer: y = 30

Explanation:
Given, y = 6x
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = 6(5) =30
So, y = 30

Question 11.
y = 11 – x
Answer: y = 6

Explanation:
Given, y = 11 – x
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = 11 – 5 = 6
So, y = 6.

Question 12.
y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x + 1
Answer:  y = 2.

Explanation:
Given, y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x + 1
substitute x = 5 , we get
y = \(\frac{x}{5}\) + 1
y= \(\frac{5}{5}\) + 1
y = 1 + 1 = 2
So, y = 2 .

GRAPHING A FUNCTION Graph the function.
Question 13.
y = – 2x
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = – 2x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = – 2(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = – 2(1)= -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)
if x = 2 , then y =- 2(2) = -4 , co-ordinates are (2 , -4)
if x = 3 , then y =- 2(3) = -6 , co-ordinates are (3 , -6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -4) , (3 , -6) form a straight line .

Question 14.
y = x – 3
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = x – 3 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 – 3 = -3 . co-ordinates are (0 , -3)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 – 3= -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 – 3 = -1 , co-ordinates are (2 , -1)
if x = 3 , then y = 3 – 3 = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0)
The co-ordinates (0 , -3) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -1) , (3 , 0) form a straight line .

Question 15.
y = 9 – 3x
Answer: 

Explanation:
Given , y = 9 – 3x , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 9 – 3(0) = 9 . co-ordinates are (0 , 9)
if x = 1 , then y = 9 – 3(1) = 6 . co-ordinates are (1 , 6)
if x = 2 , then y = 9 – 3(2) = 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , 3)
if x = 3 , then y = 9 – 3(3) = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0)
The co-ordinates (0 , 9) , (1 , 6) , (2 , 3) , (3 , 0) form a straight line .

Question 16.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 6
Answer: As mentioned in the explanation below  a & d , b & c are different .

Explanation:
Given ,
a. what output is 4 more than twice the input 3?
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,
then, we have y = 4 + 2(3) = 10.
b. What output is twice the sum of the input 3 and 4?
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,
then, we have y = 2( 3 + 4 ) = 14.
c. what output is the sum of 2 times the input 3 and 4?
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,
then, we have y = 2( 3 + 4 ) = 14.
d. what output is 4 increased by twice the input 3?
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,
then, we have y = 4 + 2(3) = 10.

So, a & d , b & c are different .

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
The World Health Organization(WHO) suggests having 23 health-care workers for every 10,000 people. How many health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people? Justify your answer using a graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 7
Answer: So, 575 health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people

Explanation:
Given, The World Health Organization(WHO) suggests having 23 health-care workers for every 10,000 people.
we need to find how many health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people,
For every 10,000 people we have 23 care takers
Then for 250,000 people we have
\(\frac{23 × 250,000}{10,000}\)
= 23 × 25
= 575
So, 575 health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
A truck produces 22 pounds of carbon dioxide for every gallon of diesel fuel burned. The fuel economy of the truck is 18 miles per gallon. Write and graph a function that describes the relationship between carbon dioxide produced and distance traveled.
Answer: y = 22x + 18  is the linear equation

Explanation:
Given, A truck produces 22 pounds of carbon dioxide for every gallon of diesel fuel burned.
The fuel economy of the truck is 18 miles per gallon.
So, we have y = 22x + 18 is in the form of y = mx +c
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 22(0) + 18 = 18 . co-ordinates are (0 , 18)
if x = 1 , then y =22(1) + 18= 40  . co-ordinates are (1 , 40)
if x = 2 , then y =22(2) + 18 = 62 , co-ordinates are (2 , 62)
if x = 3 , then y =22(3) + 18 = 84  , co-ordinates are (3 , 84)
The co-ordinates (0 , 18) , (1 , 40) , (2 , 62) , (3 , 84) form a straight line .
The graph is

Representations of Functions Homework & Practice 7.2

Review & Refresh

Determine whether the relation is a function. 
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 8
Answer:  The relation is a function .

Explanation:
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 9
Answer:  The relation is a function .

Explanation:
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 10
Answer: The relation is not a function .

Explanation:
The each input has  more than two outputs , That is one input has multiple number of outputs.
Here , input 2 has two outputs which are 0 and -4 .
So , The relation is not a function .

Find the slope of the line.
Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 11
Answer: slope = 1.

Explanation:
By using the slope equation , we know that
Slope = \(\frac{change in y}{change in x}\) or
slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
From the graph we know that change in y or ▲y is change from -2 to -4 =2
change in x or ▲x is change from 1 to 3 = 2 ,
So, slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
slope = \(\frac{2}{2}\)
slope = 1.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 12
Answer: slope = \(\frac{5}{2}\) .

Explanation:
By using the slope equation , we know that
Slope = \(\frac{change in y}{change in x}\) or
slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
From the graph we know that change in y or ▲y is change from -4 to 1 = 5
change in x or ▲x is change from -1 to -3 = 2 ,
So, slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
slope = \(\frac{5}{2}\) .

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 13
Answer:  slope = \(\frac{1}{3}\) .

Explanation:
By using the slope equation , we know that
Slope = \(\frac{change in y}{change in x}\) or
slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
From the graph we know that change in y or ▲y is change from -4 to -3 = 1
change in x or ▲x is change from 1 to 4 = 3 ,
So, slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)
slope = \(\frac{1}{3}\) .

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING A GRAPH Use a graph to test the truth of the statement. If the statement is true, write an equation that shows how to obtain one measurement from the other measurement. (See Exploration 2, p. 281.)

Question 7.
“You can find the weight of a cell phone in ounces if you know its screen size in inches.”
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 14
Answer: we can does not find the weight of a cell phone in ounces if you know its screen size in inches.

From the given table , Ordered pairs are (4 , 4) , (4.7 , 4.8) , (5 , 4.8) , (5.5 , 6.4)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (4, 4) and (4.7, 4.8)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (4.8 – 4) / (4.7 – 4)
m = 0.8/0.7 .
So, we can does not find the weight of a cell phone in ounces if you know its screen size in inches.

Question 8.
“You can find the age of a child in years if you know the age of the child in months.”
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 15
Answer: YES, y = 0.08x + 0.04 is a linear equations

Explanation:
From the given table , Ordered pairs are (9 , 0.75) , (12 , 1) , (15 , 1.25) , (24 , 2)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (12 ,1) and (24, 2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (2 – 1) / (24 – 12)
m = 1/12
m = 0.08.
substitute the slope in the (12 ,1) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 1 = 0.08(x – 12)
y –1 = 0.08x – 0.96
y = 0.08x –0.96 + 1
y =0.08 x + 0.04
So, y = 0.08x + 0.04 is a linear equation

WRITING FUNCTION RULES Write a function rule for the statement.
Question 9.
The output is half of the input.
Answer: y = \(\frac{x}{2}\).

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is half of the input, will be ,
y = \(\frac{x}{2}\).

Question 10.
The output is eleven more than the input.
Answer: y = x + 11

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is eleven more than the input, will be ,
y = x + 11

Question 11.
The output is three less than the input.
Answer: y = x – 3

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is three less than the input, will be ,
y = x – 3

Question 12.
The output is the cube of the input.
Answer: y = x³

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is the cube of the input, will be ,
y = x³

Question 13.
The output is six times the input.
Answer: y = 6x

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is six times the input, will be ,
y = 6x

Question 14.
The output is one more than twice the input.
Answer: y = 2x + 1

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is one more than twice the input, will be ,
y = 2x + 1

EVALUATING A FUNCTION Find the value of y for the given value of x.
Question 15.
y = x + 5; x = 3
Answer: y = 8

Explanation:
Given, y = x + 5
substitute x = 3 , we get
y = 3 + 5
So, y = 8.

Question 16.
y = 7x; x = – 5
Answer:  y = -35.

Explanation:
Given, y = 7x
substitute x = -5 , we get
y = 7(-5)
So, y = -35.

Question 17.
y = 1 – 2x; x = 9
Answer: y = -17

Explanation:
Given, y = 1 – 2x
substitute x = 9 , we get
y = 1 – 2(9)
y = 1 – 18
So, y = -17.

Question 18.
y = 3x + 2; x = 0.5
Answer: y = 5.5

Explanation:
Given, y = 3x + 2
substitute x = 0.5 , we get
y = 3(0.5) + 2
y = 3.5 + 2
So, y = 5.5 .

Question 19.
y = 2x3; x = 3
Answer: y = 54

Explanation:
Given, y = 2x3
substitute x = 3 , we get
y = 2(3)³
y = 2 × 27 = 54
So, y = 54.

Question 20.
y = \(\frac{x}{2}\) + 9; x = – 12
Answer: y = 3

Explanation:
Given, y = \(\frac{x}{2}\) + 9
substitute x = -12 , we get
y = \(\frac{-12}{2}\) + 9
y = -6 + 9
So, y = 3 .

GRAPHING A FUNCTION Graph the function.
Question 21.
y = x + 4
Answer: 

Explanation:
Given , y = x + 4  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 4 = 4 . co-ordinates are (0 , 4)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 4 = 5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 5)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 4 = 6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 6)
if x = 3 , then y = 3 + 4 = 7 , co-ordinates are (3 , 7)
The co-ordinates (0 , 4) , (1 , 5) , (2 , 6) , (3 , 7) form a straight line .

Question 22.
y = 2x
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = 2x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 2(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = 2(1) = 2 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2)
if x = 2 , then y = 2(2) = 4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)
if x = 3 , then y = 2(3) = 6 , co-ordinates are (3 , 6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 2) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 6) form a straight line .

Question 23.
y = – 5x + 3
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = – 5x + 3  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =- 5(0) + 3 = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 3)
if x = 1 , then y = – 5(1) + 3 = -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)
if x = 2 , then y = – 5(2) + 3 = -7 , co-ordinates are (2 , -7)
if x = 3 , then y = – 5(3) + 3 = -12 , co-ordinates are (3 , -12)
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -7) , (3 , -12) form a straight line .

Question 24.
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\)
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = \(\frac{0}{4}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 0.25 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0.25)
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 0.5 , co-ordinates are (2 , 0.5)
if x = 3 , then y = \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 0.75 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0.75)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 0.25) , (2 , 0.5) , (3 , 0.75) form a straight line .

Question 25.
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 1
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =\(\frac{3}{2}\)(0) + 1 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(1) + 1= 2.5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2.5)
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(2) + 1 = 4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)
if x = 3 , then y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(3) + 1 = 5.5 , co-ordinates are (3 , 5.5)
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 2.5) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 5.5) form a straight line .

Question 26.
y = 1 + 0.5x
Answer:

Explanation:
Given , y = 1 + 0.5x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =1 + 0.5(0) = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 0.5(1) = 1.5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 1.5)
if x = 2 , then y = 1 + 0.5(2) = 2 , co-ordinates are (2 , 2)
if x = 3 , then y = 1 + 0.5(3) = 2.5 , co-ordinates are (3 , 2.5)
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 1.5) , (2 , 2) , (3 , 2.5)  form a straight line .

MATCHING Match the graph with the function it represents.
A. y = \(\frac{x}{3}\)
B. y = x + 1
C. y = – 2x + 6
Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 16
Answer:  B. y = x + 1.

Explanation:
Given , y = x + 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 1 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 1 = 2 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 1 = 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , 3)
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 2) , (2 , 3) form a straight line .

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 17
Answer: c. y = – 2x + 6

Explanation:
Given , y = – 2x + 6  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = – 2(0) + 6 = 6 . co-ordinates are (0 , 6)
if x = 1 , then y = – 2(1) + 6 = 4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 4)
if x = 2 , then y = – 2(2) + 6 = 2 , co-ordinates are (2 , 2)
if x = 3 , then y = – 2(3) + 6 = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0)
The co-ordinates (0 , 6) , (1 , 4) , (2 , 2) , (3 , 0) form a straight line .

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 18
Answer: A. y = \(\frac{x}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given , y =  \(\frac{x}{3}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =\(\frac{0}{3}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)= 0.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0.3)
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)= 0.6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 0.6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 0.3) , (2 , 0.6) form a straight line .

Question 30.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend graphs the function represented by the input-output table. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 19
Answer: Yes , He is correct

Explanation:

Ordered pairs are (-1 , -4) , (1 , -2) , (3 ,0) , (5 , 2)
these points form a straight line when graphed.
Yes , He is correct

Question 31.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A dolphin eats 30 pounds of fish per day.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 20
a. Write and graph a function that relates the number p of pounds of fish that a dolphin eats in d days.
b. How many total pounds of fish does a dolphin eat in 30 days?
Answer:

Explanation:
a. Given , A dolphin eats 30 pounds of fish per day.
by each passing day eating fish is increased by the day passes .
So, y = 30x is the function,
The graph represents the function as

b. Given , A dolphin eats 30 pounds of fish per day.
then for 30 days ,
30 × 30 = 900 pounds
So, A dolphin eats 900 pounds of fish in 30 days

Question 32.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You fill a fish tank with 55 gallons of water on Saturday. The water evaporates at a rate of 1.5 gallons per day. You plan to add water when the tank reaches 49 gallons. When will you add water? Justify your answer.
Answer: As the action starts on Saturday , the tank will reach 49 gallons after 4 days , That is on Wednesday.

Explanation:
Given data ,, implies that slope of the function m = -1.5
The y intercept b= 55,
Then the equation  will be y = 55 – 1.5x
Given , You plan to add water when the tank reaches 49 gallons.
determine x for y = 49 ,
So, 49 = 55 – 1.5x ,
1.5x = 55 – 49
1.5x = 6
x = \(\frac{6}{1.5}\)
x = 4.

As the action starts on Saturday , the tank will reach 49 gallons after 4 days , That is on Wednesday.

USING AN EQUATION Find the value of x for the given value of y.
Question 33.
y = 5x – 7; y = – 22
Answer: x = -3

Explanation:
Given, y = 5x – 7
x = \(\frac{y + 7}{5}\)
substitute y = -22 , we get
x = \(\frac{-22 + 7}{5}\)
x = \(\frac{- 15}{5}\)
x = -3
So, x = -3 .

Question 34.
y = 9 – 7x; y = 37
Answer: x = -4

Explanation:
Given, y = 9 – 7x
x = \(\frac{9 – y}{7}\)
substitute y = 37 , we get
x = \(\frac{9 – 37}{7}\)
x = \(\frac{- 28}{7}\)
x = -4
So, x = -4 .

Question 35.
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) – 7; y = 2
Answer: x = 36

Explanation:
Given, y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) – 7
x = 4( y + 7)
substitute y = 2 , we get
x = 4( 2 + 7)
x = 4(9)
x = 36
So, x = 36 .

Question 36.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You decide to make and sell bracelets. The cost of your materials is $84.00. You charge $3.50 for each bracelet.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 21
a. P Write a function that represents the profit for selling b bracelets.
b. Which variable is independent? dependent? Explain.
c. You will break even when the cost of your materials equals your income. How many bracelets must you sell to break even?
Answer: a. A function that represents the profit for selling b bracelets is p = 3.5b – 84.
b. Here , the profit depends on the number of bracelets sold , b is the independent variable and p is the dependent variable.
c. To break even you must sell 24  bracelets.

Explanation:
a. Given , The cost of your materials is $84.00. You charge $3.50 for each bracelet,
Let p be the profit , b be the number of bracelets sold,
So, profit = income – cost .
p = 3.5b – 84.
Thus , A function that represents the profit for selling b bracelets is p = 3.5b – 84.

b. Here , the profit depends on the number of bracelets sold , b is the independent variable and p is the dependent variable.

c. set the income expression from part a equal to the cost of 84 and solve for b ,
So, income = cost .
3.5b = 84 ,
b = \(\frac{84}{3.5}\)
b = 24.

To break even you must sell 24  bracelets.

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A furniture store is having a sale where everything is 40% off.
a. Write and graph a function that represents the amount of discount on an item at regular price.
b. You buy a bookshelf that has a regular price of $85. What is the sale price of the bookshelf?
Answer: a. The function is y = 0.4x and the graph is given below.
b. The sale price of the bookshelf s $51.

Explanation:
a. A function that represents the amount of discount on an item at regular price is ,
Given , 40% = 0.4 ,
To find the percent of the number , we should multiply the number by the percent in the decimal form ,
so, the equation is d = 0.4p ,
let us convert it in to a function form , y = 0.4x
we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0.4(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = 0.4(1)= 0.4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0.4)
if x = 2 , then y =0.4(2) = 0.8 , co-ordinates are (2 , 0.8)
if x = 3 , then y = 0.4(3) = 1.2 , co-ordinates are (3 , 1.2)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 0.4) , (2 , 0.8) , (3 , 1.2) form a straight line .
The graph is
b. Given , You buy a bookshelf that has a regular price of $85.
The sale price of the bookshelf is ,
substituting the given price in p = 85 ,
it will be the discount d = 0.4 (85) = 34
Then the sale price is $85 – $34 = $51.

So, The sale price of the bookshelf s $51.

Question 38.
REASONING
You want to take a two-hour air boat tour. Which is a better deal, Snake Tours or Gator Tours? Use functions to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 22
Answer: By using functions , $50 > $40 , So, Gator tours are cheaper than the snake tours .

Explanation:
Given , You want to take a two-hour air boat tour.
Let x be the hours of  air boat tour and y be the cost of air boat tour ,
Snake tours , y = 25x
putt x = 2 ,
So , y = 25 (2) = 50 .
y = 50.

Gator tour , y = 35 + \(\frac{5}{2}\)x
Put x = 2 ,
So, y = 35 + \(\frac{5}{2}\) x
y = 35 + 2.5x
y = 35 + 2.5 (2)
y = 35 + 5
y = 40 .

Finally $50 > $40 , So, Gator tours are cheaper than the snake tours

Question 39.
REASONING
The graph of a function is a line that passes through the points (3, 2), (5, 8), and (8, y). What is the value of y?
Answer: The value of y is 17 , so, The third given point is (8, 17)

Explanation:
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3,2) and (5,8)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (8 – 2) / (5 – 3)
m = 6 / 2
m = 3
Then use the slope and one of the given points (3,2) to find the y-intercept
y = mx +
2 = 3(3) + b
2 = 9 + b
-7 = b
The equation is   y = 3x -7
Then find the third point (8, y) by replacing x by 8
y = 3x -7
y = 3(8) -7
y = 24 -7
y = 17

so the third given point is (8, 17)

Question 40.
CRITICAL THINKING
Make a table where the independent variable is the side length of a square and the dependent variable is the perimeter. Make a second table where the independent variable is the side length of a square and the dependent variable is the area. Graph both functions in the same coordinate plane. Compare the functions.
Answer: The graph for the perimeter is linear , The graph for the Area is Quadratic .

Explanation:
Let us say , s be the side length of the square ,
Then the perimeter is P = 4s ,
The function will be y= 4x,
we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 4(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = 4(1) = 4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 4)
if x = 2 , then y = 4(2) =8 , co-ordinates are (2 , 8)
if x = 3 , then y = 4(3) = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 12)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 4) , (2 ,8) , (3 , 12) form a straight line .

Table will be ,

Let us say , s be the side length of the square ,
Then the Area is A = s² ,
The function will be y=x²,
we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0² = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = 1² = 1 . co-ordinates are (1 , 1)
if x = 2 , then y = 2² =4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)
if x = 3 , then y = 3² = 9 , co-ordinates are (3 , 9)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 1) , (2 ,4) , (3 , 9) form a straight line .

Second table is
Then the graph is 
The graph for the perimeter is linear , The graph for the Area is Quadratic .

Question 41.
PUZZLE
The blocks that form the diagonals of each square are shaded. Each block has an area of one square unit. Find the “green area” of Square 20. Find the “green area” of Square 21. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 23
Answer:  The green area of the Square 20 is 46 square units and The green area of the Square 21 is 48 square units.

Explanation:
Given , Each block has an area of one square unit,
Square 1 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 3 + 3 = 6 square units ,
Square 2 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 4 + 4 = 8 square units ,
Square 3 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 5 + 5 = 10 square units ,
Square 4 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 6 + 6 = 12 square units,
Square 5 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 7 + 7 = 14 square units ,
Here , The number of squares are increasing by one block with the square numbers.
So for the , Square 20 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 23 + 23 = 46 square units,
And Square 21 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 24 + 24 = 48 square units.

Lesson 7.3 Linear Functions

EXPLORATION 1

Writing and Graphing Functions
Work with a partner. Each table shows a familiar pattern from geometry.

  • Determine what the variables x and y represent. Then write a function rule that relates y to x.
  • Is the function a linear function? Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 1
Answer: All of them are explained below

Explanation:
The variables x and y represents a rectangle
a. From the given table , Ordered pairs are (1 , 10) , (2 , 12) , (3 , 14) , (4 , 16)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,-1) and (2, -2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (-2 – (-1)) / (2 – 0)
m = -1 / 2 .
substitute the slope in the (1 , 10) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 10 = -1/2 ( x –1)
2(y – 10) = -x  + 1
2y – 20 = -x+ 1
2y = -x  + 21
y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\) (x – 21)
So ,  y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\) (x – 21) is linear function.

b. The variables x and y represent a circle
Ordered pairs are (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28) , (3 , 9.42) , (4 , 12.5 )
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6.28 –3.14) / (2– 1)
m = 3.14/1
m = 3.14
substitute the slope in the (8 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 3.14 =3.14 ( x –1)
y – 3.14 = 3.14x – 3.14
y = 3.14x – 3.14 + 3.14
y = 3.14x
So ,  y = 3.14x  is linear function.
Where x is the diameter of the circle.

c. The variables x and y represents a trapezoid
a. From the given table , Ordered pairs are (1 , 5) , (2 , 6) , (3 , 7) , (4 , 8)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,5) and (2, 6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6 – 5) / (2 – 1)
m = 1 .
substitute the slope in the (1 ,5) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 5 = 1(x – 1)
y – 5 = x – 1
y = x – 1 + 5
y = x + 4
So, y = x + 4 is a linear equation

d. The variables x and y represents a cube
a. From the given table , Ordered pairs are (1 , 28) , (2 , 40) , (3 , 52) , (4 , 64)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,28) and (2, 40)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (40 – 28) / (2 – 1)
m = 12 .
substitute the slope in the (1 ,28) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 28 = 12(x – 1)
y – 28 = 12x – 12
y = 12x – 12 + 28
y = 12x + 16
So, y = 12x + 16 is a linear equation.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 2

Try It

Question 1.
Use the graph to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 3
Answer: the linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\)x -1.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-4 , 1) , (-2 , 0 ) , (0 , -1) , ( 2, -2 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,-1) and (2, -2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (-2 – (-1)) / (2 – 0)
m = -1 / 2 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -1 ) , The y intercept is -1.
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\)x -1.

Question 2.
Use the table to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 4
Answer: the linear function is y = (0)x + 2.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (-2 , 2) , (-1 , 2) , (0 , 2) , (1 , 2)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,2) and (1, 2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (2 – 2) / (1 – 0)
m = 0
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 2 ) , The y intercept is 2.
So , the linear function is y = (0)x + 2.

Question 3.
WHAT IF?
The rate of descent doubles. Repeat parts (a) and (b).
Answer: a. the linear function is y = -1x + 65.
b. The slope indicates that the height decreases 1000 feet per minute.
The y intercept indicates that the descent begins at a cruising altitude of 65,000 feet.

Explanation:
a. From the Given table , The rate of descents is 5
If it doubles , then The rate of descents is 10.
The the ordered pairs will be (0 , 65) , (10 ,55) , (20 , 45) .
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,65) and (10, 55)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (55 – 65) / (10 – 0)
m = -10 / 10
m = -1
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 65 ) , The y intercept is 65.
So , the linear function is y = -1x + 65.

b. The slope indicates that the height decreases 1000 feet per minute.
The y intercept indicates that the descent begins at a cruising altitude of 65,000 feet.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 4.
WRITING A LINEAR FUNCTION
Use the graph to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 5
Answer:  The linear function is y = -4x -2 .

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-2 , 6) , (-1 , 2 ) , (0 , -2) , ( 1, -6 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,-2) and (1, -6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (-6 – (-2)) / (1 – 0)
m = -4 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -2) , The y intercept is -2.
So , the linear function is y = -4x -2 .

Question 5.
INTERPRETING A LINEAR FUNCTION
The table shows the revenue R (in millions of dollars) of a company when it spends A (in millions of dollars) on advertising.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 6
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates R to A.
b. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.
Answer:  a. The linear function is y = 2x + 2. and the graph is shown below
b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the amount of spending on advertising by 2 million dollars
The y intercept indicates that the Revenue begins to increasing from the 2 million dollars.

Explanation:
a. From the given table ,
The the ordered pairs will be (0 , 2) , (2 ,6) , (4 , 10) , (6 , 14) , (8 ,18) .
The graph is
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,2) and (2, 6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6 – 2) / (2 – 0)
m = 4 / 2
m = 2
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 2 ) , The y intercept is 2.
So , the linear function is y = 2x + 2.

b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the amount of spending on advertising by 2 million dollars
The y intercept indicates that the Revenue begins to increasing from the 2 million dollars.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
Manager A earns $15 per hour and receives a $50 bonus. The graph shows the earnings of Manager B. (a) Which manager has a greater hourly wage? (b) After how many hours does Manager B earn more money than Manager A?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 7
Answer: a. Manager B has the greater hourly wage than Manager A .
b. As manager A receives a $50 bonus , Manager B has to work an hour extra to earn more money than Manager A .

Explanation:
a. Manager A earns $15 per hour and receives a $50 bonus.
The ordered pairs will be  (0 , 0) , (1 , 15) , (2 , 30) , (3 , 45)
The graph shows the earnings of Manager B.
Ordered pairs from the graph are  (0 , 0) , (1 , 25) , (2 , 50) , (3 , 75)
So, Manager B has the greater hourly wage than Manager A .

b. As manager A receives a $50 bonus , Manager B has to work an hour extra to earn more money than Manager A .

Question 7.
Each month, you start with 2 gigabytes of data and use 0.08 gigabyte per day. The table shows the amount (in gigabytes) of data that your friend has left days after the start of each month. Who runs out of data first? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 8
Answer:  you will be run out of data first

Explanation:
a. Given , Each month, you start with 2 gigabytes of data and use 0.08 gigabyte per day.
Let x be the number of days and y be the total data in gigabytes.
So, y = -0.08x + 2 ,
You will be out of data if , -0.08x + 2 = 0 ,
-0.08x + 2 = 0
2 = 0.08x
x = \(\frac{2}{0.08}\)
x = 25.
Hence ,you will be run out of data in 25 days.
b. Daily data usage for the friend will be given by the slope of the graph.
The the ordered pairs will be (0 , 3) , (7 ,2.3) , (14 , 1.6) .
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (7 ,2.3) and (14, 1.6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (1.6 – 2.3) / (14 – 7)
m = -0.7 / 7
m = -0.1
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 3 ) , The y intercept is 3.
So , the linear function is y = -0.1x + 3.
Your friend will be out of data if ,
-0.1x + 3 = 0
3 = 0.1x
x = \(\frac{3}{0.1}\)
x = 30 .
Hence ,Friend will be run out of data in 30 days

So , you will be run out of data first

Linear Functions Homework & Practice 7.3

Review & Refresh

Write a function rule for the statement. Then graph the function.
Question 1.
The output is ten less than the input.
Answer: y = x – 10.

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is ten less than the input, will be ,
y = x – 10.

Question 2.
The output is one-third of the input.
Answer: y = \(\frac{x}{3}\)

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is one-third of the input, will be ,
y = \(\frac{x}{3}\) .

Solve the system.
Question 3.
y = x + 5
y = – 3x + 1
Answer: X = 0 , Y = 5

Explanation:
Y=3X+5 ——————-(1)
Y=X+5 ——————(2)
Substitute Y=X+5 in equation (1)
X+5=3X+5
Solve it for X
X+3X=55
4X=0
X=0/4=0
X = 0
Substitute X=0 in equation (1)
Y=0+5
Y=5

Question 4.
x + y = – 4
6x + 2y = 4
Answer:  X = 3 , Y= -7 .

Explanation:
2Y=−6X+4 ——————-(1)
Y= –X-4 ——————(2)
Substitute Y= –X-4 in equation (1)
2Y = −6X+4
2 ( X – 4 ) = −6X + 4
-2X – 8 = -6X + 4
6X -2X = 8 + 4
4X = 12
X = 3
Substitute X=3 in equation (2)
Y=– 3 – 4
Y= -7 .

Question 5.
– 4x + 3y = 14
y = 2x + 8
Answer:  X = -5 , Y = -2 .

Explanation:
3Y = 4X+14 ——————-(1)
Y = 2X + 8 ——————(2)
Substitute Y= 2X + 8 in equation (1)
3Y = 4X+14
3(2X + 8) = 4X+14
6X + 24 = 4X + 14
6X – 4X = 14 – 24
2X = -10
X = -5
Substitute X= -5 in equation (2)
Y= 2(-5) + 8
Y= -10 + 8
Y = -2.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

WRITING AND GRAPHING FUNCTIONS The table shows a familiar pattern from geometry. (a) Determine what the variables x and y represent. Then write a function rule that relates y to x. (b) Is the function a linear function? Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 289.)
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 9
Answer: a. The variables x and y represent a right angle triangle
b. y = 2x  is linear function.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs
Ordered pairs are  (1 , 2) , (2 , 4) ,  (3 , 6 ) , (4 , 8), (5 , 10 ) .
a. the variables x and y represent a right angle triangle
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 2) , (2 , 4)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (4 – 2) / (2– 1)
m = 2/1
m = 2
b. substitute the slope in the (2 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 4 = 2 ( x – 2)
y – 4 = 2x – 4
y = 2x – 4 + 4
y = 2x
So ,  y = 2x  is linear function.

Given side of triangle is 4 then x= 4/2 = 2
x = 2 and y = 4.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 10
Answer: y = 3.14x  is linear function. and The variables x and y represent a circle

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28) , (3 , 9.42) , (4 , 12.5 )
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6.28 –3.14) / (2– 1)
m = 3.14/1
m = 3.14
substitute the slope in the (8 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 3.14 =3.14 ( x –1)
y – 3.14 = 3.14x – 3.14
y = 3.14x – 3.14 + 3.14
y = 3.14x
So ,  y = 3.14x  is linear function.
Where x is the diameter of the circle.

WRITING LINEAR FUNCTIONS Use the graph or table to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 11
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x +2

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-3 , -2) , (0 , 2 ) , (3 , 6) , ( 6, 10 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,6) and (6, 10)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (10 – 6) / (6 – 3)
m = 4/3 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 2) , The y intercept is 2.
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x +2 .

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 12
Answer: The linear function is y = (0)x +3 .

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-2 , 3) , (-1 , 3 ) , (0 , 3) , ( 1, 3 ) , (2 , 3)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,3) and (2, 3)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (3 – 3) / (2 – 1)
m = 0 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 3) , The y intercept is 3.
So , the linear function is y = (0)x +3 .

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 13
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{4}\)x + 0.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (-8 , 2) , (-4 , 1) , (0 , 0) , (4 , -1)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (-8 ,2) and (-4, 1)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (1 – 2) / (-4 – (-8))
m = -1/4
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 0 ) , The y intercept is 0.
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{4}\)x + 0.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 14
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 5.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (-3 , 3) , (0 , 5) , (3 , 7) , (6 , 9)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,7) and (6, 9)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (9 – 7) / (6 – 3)
m = 2/3
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 5 ) , The y intercept is 5.
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 5.

Question 12.
INTERPRETING A LINEAR FUNCTION
The table shows the length y (in inches) of a person’s hair after x months.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 15
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates y to x.
b. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.
Answer: a. The linear function is y = 0.5x + 11.
b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the hair length
The y intercept indicates that the increasing in hair length by time.

Explanation:
a. Given ,
The ordered pairs will be (0 , 11) , (3 ,12.5) , (6 , 14) .
The graph is
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,12.5) and (6 , 14)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (14 – 12.5) / (6 – 3)
m = 1.5 / 3
m = 0.5
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 11 ) , The y intercept is 11.
So , the linear function is y = 0.5x + 11.

b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the hair length
The y intercept indicates that the increasing in hair length by time.

Question 13.
INTERPRETING A LINEAR FUNCTION
The table shows the percent (in decimal form) of battery power remaining x hours after you turn on a laptop computer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 16
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates y to x.
b. Interpret the slope, the x-intercept, and the y-intercept.
c. After how many hours is the battery power at75%?
Answer: a. The linear function is y = -0.2x + 1.
b. given below the explanation.
c. Battery will be 75% after 1.25 hours.

Explanation:
a. Given ,
The ordered pairs will be (0 , 1) , (2 ,0.6) , (4 , 0.2) .
The graph is
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 ,0.6) and (4 , 0.2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (0.2 – 0.6) / (4 – 2)
m = -0.4 / 2
m = -0.2
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 1 ) , The y intercept is 1.
So , the linear function is y = -0.2x + 1.

b. Slope is -0.2 which means that as time increases by 1 hour, Battery power remaining decreases by 20% .
y intercept is 1, which means initially the battery power remaining before usage was 100%.
x intercept is 5 which means the battery remaining will be 0 after 5 hours.

c. battery percent will be 75% of 0.75 if ,
-0.2x + 1 = 0.75
0.2x = 1 – 0.75
x = 0.25/0.2
x = 1.25
Battery will be 75% after 1.25 hours.

Question 14.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The number y of calories burned after x minutes of kayaking is represented by the linear function y = 4.5x. The graph shows the number of calories burned by hiking.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 17
a. Which activity burns more calories per minute?
b. You perform each activity for 45 minutes. How many total calories do you burn? Justify your answer.
Answer: a. hiking burns more calories than kayaking .
b. In kayaking, 202.5 calories are burnt per minute. and In hiking , 225 calories are burnt per minute.

Explanation:
a. The number y of calories burned after x minutes of kayaking is represented by the linear function y = 4.5x.
So, The ordered pairs of the graph are (0 , 0) , (1 , 4.5) , (2 , 9) , (3, 13.5)
Here , In kayaking burns 4.5 calories per minute .
For hiking ,
The ordered pairs of the graph are (0 , 0) , (1 , 5) , (2 , 10) , (3, 15)
Here , In hiking burns 5 calories per minute.
Thus , hiking burns more calories than kayaking .

b. Given , perform each activity for 45 minutes.
Liner function of the kayaking is y = 4.5x
substitute x = 45 in equation
y = 4.5 (45)
y = 202.5
In kayaking, 202.5 calories are burnt per minute.
Linear function of the hiking is y = 5x
substitute x = 45 in equation
y = 5 (45)
y = 225
In hiking , 225 calories are burnt per minute.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
You and a friend race each other. You give your friend a 50-foot head start. The distance y (in feet) your friend runs after x seconds is represented by the linear function y = 14x + 50. The table shows your distance at various times throughout the race. For what distances will you win the race? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 18
Answer: you will win the race for distances greater than 190 feet

Explanation:
The distance y (in feet) your friend runs after x seconds is represented by the linear function y = 14x + 50.
The slope of the line is 14 so , your friend runs at the rate of 14 ft per second
To find your rate , the ordered pairs are (2 , 38) , (4 , 76) , (6 , 114) , (8 , 152)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 ,38) and (4 , 76)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (76 – 38) / (4 – 2)
m = 38 / 2
m = 19
You are running at the rate of 19 ft per second.
To get the linear equation , substitute the slope in the (2 , 38) to get point slope to form a line.
Then we have , y = 19x
Now if x = 10 , to run faster then ,
y = 19(10)
y = 190 .
Your friend linear equation is y = 14x + 50 .
if x = 10 ,then
y = 14(10) + 50
y = 140 + 50
y = 190.
So , for x > 10 , means you will run farther than your friend which means you would win the race .
Therefore, you will win the race for distances greater than 190 feet.

Question 16.
REASONING
You and your friend are saving money to buy bicycles that cost $175 each. You have $45 to start and save an additional $5 each week. The graph shows the amount y(in dollars) that your friend has after x weeks. Who can buy a bicycle first? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 19
Answer:  your friend will but the bicycle first.

Explanation:
Given , your friend savings are
the ordered pairs are (0,15) and (3,39)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0,15) and (3,39)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (39 – 15) / (3 – 0)
m = 24 / 3
m = 8
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 15 ) , The y intercept is 15.
So , the linear function is y = 8x + 15.
to buy bicycles that cost $175 each
if y = 175 , then
175 = 8x + 15
8x = 175 – 15
x = 160/8
x = 20
So, your friend need 20 weeks to buy the bicycle
Given, You have $45 to start and save an additional $5 each week
So , the linear function will be y = 5x + 45.
to buy bicycles that cost $175 each
if y = 175 , then
175 = 5x + 45
5x = 175 – 45
x = 130/5
x = 26
So, you need 26 weeks to buy the bicycle.
Hence, your friend will but the bicycle first.

Question 17.
CRITICAL THINKING
Is every linear equation a linear function? Explain your reasoning.
Answer: All linear equations produce straight lines when graphed, not all linear equations produce linear functions. In order to be a linear function, a graph must be both linear (a straight line) and a function (matching each x-value to only one y-value).

Question 18.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The heat index is calculated using the relative humidity and the temperature. For every 1 degree increase in the temperature from 94°F to 97°F at 75% relative humidity, the heat index rises 4°F. On a summer day, the relative humidity is 75%, the temperature is 94°F, and the heat index is 124°F. Estimate the heat index when the relative humidity is 75% and the temperature is 100°F. Use a function to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 20
Answer:  Heat index is 148°F

Explanation:
The form of linear equation is y = mx + c
and the slope of the function is given by m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
Let y be the heat index and x be the temperature
Given , (94, 124)
For every 1 degree increase in the temperature from 94°F to 97°F at 75% relative humidity, the heat index rises 4°F
that is m = 4
Since the line passes through (94, 124) means
124 = 4x + c
124 = 4(94) + c
124 = 376 + c
c = 124 – 376
c = -252
Linear function for the heat index is y = 4x – 252
put x = 100
So, y = 4(100) – 252
y = 400 – 252
y = 148.
Finally, Heat index is 148°F.


Lesson 7.4 Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions

EXPLORATION 1

Comparing Functions
Work with a partner. Each equation represents the height h (in feet) of a falling object after t seconds.

  • Graph each equation. Explain your method.
  • Decide whether each graph represents a or function.
  • Compare the falling objects.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 1
Answer: Explained below

Explanation:
a. Given, h = 300 – 15t can be written as y = 300 – 15x
h = 300 – 15t  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =300 – 15(0) = 300 . co-ordinates are (0 , 300)
if x = 1 , then y = 300 – 15(1) = 285 . co-ordinates are (1 , 285)
if x = 2 , then y = 300 – 15(2) = 270  , co-ordinates are (2 , 270)
if x = 3 , then y = 300 – 15(3) = 255  , co-ordinates are (3 , 255)
The co-ordinates (0 , 300) , (1 , 285) , (2 , 270) , (3 , 255) form a straight line .

The graph is

Given , h = 300- 16t2  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =300- 16(0)2  = 300 . co-ordinates are (0 , 300)
if x = 1 , then y =300- 16(1)2 = 284 . co-ordinates are (1 , 284)
if x = 2 , then y = 300- 16(2)2 = 236 , co-ordinates are (2 , 236)
if x = 3 , then y = 300- 16(3)2 = 252  , co-ordinates are (3 , 252)
The co-ordinates (0 , 300) , (1 , 284) , (2 , 236) , (3 , 252) does not form a straight line .

The graph is

b. For, h = 300 – 15t , The graph is linear so the so it is a function,
For h = 300- 16t2 , The graph is linear so the so it is a function.

c. Sky diver has the slow fall while compared to the bowling ball , because parachute can be controlled with the wind and can be divert the destination point, and bowling ball cannot be controlled while falling.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 2

Try It

Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 3
Answer: y = 2x – 12 is linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (2 , -8) , (4 , -4) , (6 , 0) , (8 , 4)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (6 ,0) and (8, 4)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (4 – 0) / (8– 6)
m = 4/2
m = 2
substitute the slope in the (8 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 4 = 2 ( x – 8)
y – 4 = 2x – 16
y = 2x – 16 + 4
y = 2x – 12
So ,  y = 2x – 12 is linear function.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 4
Answer: y = –\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + 25 is linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (0 , 25) , (3 , 20) , (7 , 15) , (12 , 10)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,25) and (3, 20)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (20 – 25) / (3– 0)
m = -5/3
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 25 ) , The y intercept is 25.
So , the linear function is y = –\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + 25.
So , y = –\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + 25 is linear function.

Does the equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 3.
y = x + 5
Answer: y = x + 5 is a linear function

Explanation:
Given , y = x + 5  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 5 = 5 . co-ordinates are (0 , 5)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 5 = 6 . co-ordinates are (1 , 6)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 5 = 7 , co-ordinates are (2 , 7)
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 6) , (2 , 7) form a straight line .
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .
And it  forms a straight line when graphed .
So, y = x + 5 is a linear function.

Question 4.
y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\)
Answer: y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\) is a linear function.

Explanation:
Given , y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = \(\frac{4(0)}{3}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{4(1)}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)  = 1.3. co-ordinates are (1 , 1.3)
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{4(2)}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{3}\) = 2.6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 2.6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 ,1.3 ) , (2 , 2.6) form a straight line .
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .
And it forms a straight line when graphed .
So, y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\) is a linear function.

Question 5.
y = 1 – x2
Answer: y = 1 – x2 is not a linear function.

Explanation:
Given , y = 1 – x2  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 1 – 02 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 – 12 = 0 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0)
if x = 2 , then y = 1 – 22 = -3 , co-ordinates are (2 , -3)
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 6) , (2 , 7) form a straight line .
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .
And it does not forms a straight line when graphed .
So, y = 1 – x2 is not a linear function.

Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 5
Answer: The graph represents a nonlinear function.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 2) , (-1 , 0) ,  (-2 , -2 ) , (-3 , -4), (0 , 1 ) , (2 , -2) , ( 3, -4 )
The inputs have more than one output ,
And points form a straight line
So , the graph is non linear function

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 6
Answer: The graph is a linear function

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 0) , (-1 , -1) ,  (-2 , -2 ) , (-3 , -3), (1 , 1 ) , (2 , 2) , ( 3, 3 )
The inputs have exactly one output ,
And points form a straight line
So , the graph is a linear function.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS Does the table or graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 7
Answer: It is not a linear function

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (3 , 0) , (-1 , 2) , (-5 , 4) , (-9 , 6)
Each input has exactly one output
and it does not form a straight line when graphed
So, it is not a linear function .

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 8
Answer: The graph is non linear function

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , -1) , (-1 , 0) ,  (-2 , 3 ) , (1 , 0 ) , (2 , 3) .
The inputs have exactly one output ,
And points does not form a straight line
So , the graph is non linear function

Question 10.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 9
Answer: 5xy = -2 does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
15y = 6x , y = \(\frac{2}{5}\)x , 10y = 4x .
These are evaluated as 5y = 2x
5xy = -2 , is different from 5y = 2x.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
The loudness of sound is measured in (dB). The graph shows the loudness y of a sound (in decibels) x meters from the source of the sound. Is the relationship between loudness and distance linear or nonlinear? Approximate the loudness of the sound 12 meters from the source.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 10
Answer: The relationship between loudness and distance  is nonlinear Function. And the loudness of the sound 12 meters from the source is approximately 85dB as shown in the graph.

Explanation:
As shown in the graph , the plot of the points does not form a straight line ,
Its a parabolic decay , The amount of loudness decreases with the increase in distance,
So, The relationship between loudness and distance  is nonlinear Function.

And the loudness of the sound 12 meters from the source is approximately 85dB as shown in the graph.

Question 12.
A video blogger is someone who records a video diary. A new website currently hosts 90 video bloggers and projects a gain of 10 video bloggers per month. The table below shows the actual numbers of video bloggers. How does the projection differ from the actual change?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 11
Answer: Projections are more than the actual values

Explanation:

So, Projections are more than the actual values

Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions Homework & Practice 7.4

Review & Refresh

Write a linear function that relates y to x.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 12
Answer: The linear function is y = x – 2

In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , -2) , (1 , -1 ) , (-1 , -3) , ( 2, 0), (3 , 1) , (4 , 2) , ( 5, 3)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 ,0) and (3, 1)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (1 – 0) / (3 – 2)
m = 1 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -2 ) , The y intercept is -2.
So , the linear function is y = x – 2 .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 13
Answer: The linear function is y =\(\frac{-1}{1.5}\)x + 5.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (0 , 5) , (1.5 , 4) , (3 , 3) , (4.5 , 2)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1.5 ,4) and (3, 3)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (3 – 4) / (3 – 1.5)
m = -1 /1.5
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 5 ) , The y intercept is 5.
So , the linear function is y =\(\frac{-1}{1.5}\)x + 5.

The vertices of a figure are given. Draw the figure and its image after a dilation with the given scale factor. Identify the type of dilation.
Question 3.
A (- 3, 1), B (- 1, 3), C (- 1, 1); k = 3
Answer: The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So , its a increase .

Explanation:
Given , (- 3, 1),  (- 1, 3),  (- 1, 1) these pairs form a right angle triangle
K = 3 , For the dilation figure multiply the 3 with the given ordered pairs , then
(- 3, 1) × 3 = ( -9 , 3)
(- 1, 3) × 3 = ( -3 , 9)
(- 1, 1) × 3 = (-3 , 3)
From these new ordered pairs we form a new  right angle triangle
The figure is
The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So , its a increase .

Question 4.
J (2, 4), K (6, 10), L (8, 10), M (8, 4); k = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer: It is a reduction

Explanation:
Given , (2, 4),  (6, 10),  (8, 10) ,(8,4) these pairs forms a figure
K = 0.25 , For the dilation figure multiply the 3 with the given ordered pairs , then
(2, 4) × 0.25 = (0.5, 1)
(6, 10) × 0.25 = (1.5, 2.5)
(8, 10) × 0.25 = (2, 2.5)
(8, 4) × 0.25 = (2 , 1)
From these new ordered pairs we form a new figure
The figure is
The New figure is smaller than the original , So, It is a reduction .

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

COMPARING FUNCTIONS Graph each equation. Decide whether each graph represents a linear or nonlinear function. (See Exploration 1, p. 295.)
Question 5.
h = 5 + 6t Equation 1
h = 5 + 6t2 Equation 2
Answer: h = 5 + 6t Equation 1 is a linear function
h = 5 + 6t2 Equation 2 is a non linear function .

Explanation:
Given , h = 5 + 6t  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 5 + 6(0) = 5 . co-ordinates are (0 , 5)
if x = 1 , then y = 5 + 6(1) = 11 . co-ordinates are (1 , 11)
if x = 2 , then y = 5 + 6(2) = 17 , co-ordinates are (2 , 17)
if x = 3 , then y = 5 + 6(3) = 23 , co-ordinates are (3 , 23)
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 11) , (2 , 17) , (3 , 23) form a straight line .

Given , h = 5 + 6t2  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 5 + 6(0)² = 5 . co-ordinates are (0 , 5)
if x = 1 , then y = 5 + 6(1)² = 11 . co-ordinates are (1 , 11)
if x = 2 , then y = 5 + 6(2)² = 26 , co-ordinates are (2 , 26)
if x = 3 , then y = 5 + 6(3)² = 59 , co-ordinates are (3 , 59)
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 11) , (2 , 26) , (3 , 59) does not form a straight line .

The graph of both equations is
So, h = 5 + 6t Equation 1 is a linear function
h = 5 + 6t2 Equation 2 is a non linear function .

Question 6.
y = – \(\frac{x}{3}\) Equation 1
y = – \(\frac{3}{x}\) Equation 2
Answer:  y = – \(\frac{x}{3}\) Equation 1 is a linear function
y = – \(\frac{3}{x}\) Equation 2 is a non linear function.

Given , y =- \(\frac{x}{3}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =- \(\frac{0}{3}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = – 0.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , – 0.3 )
if x = 2 , then y = – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = – 0.6 , co-ordinates are (2 ,-0.6)
if x = 3 , then y = – \(\frac{3}{3}\) = -1 , co-ordinates are (3 , -1)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -0.3) , (2 , -0.6) , (3 , -1) form a straight line .

Given , y =- \(\frac{3}{x}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =- \(\frac{3}{0}\) = no number
if x = 1 , then y = – \(\frac{3}{1}\) = – 3 . co-ordinates are (1 , – 1 )
if x = 2 , then y = – \(\frac{3}{2}\) = – 1.5 , co-ordinates are (2 ,-1.5)
if x = 3 , then y = – \(\frac{3}{3}\) = -1 , co-ordinates are (3 , -1)
The co-ordinates (1 , -1) , (2 , -1.5) , (3 , -1) form a straight line .

The graph of both the equations is
So,  y = – \(\frac{x}{3}\) Equation 1 is a linear function
y = – \(\frac{3}{x}\) Equation 2 is a non linear function.

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS FROM TABLES Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 14
Answer:  linear function is y = 4x + 4.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (0 , 4) , (1 , 8) , (2 , 12) , (3 , 16)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 , 12) and (3 , 16)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (16 – 12) / (3– 2)
m = 4/1
m = 4
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 4 ) , The y intercept is 4.
So , the linear equation is y = 4x + 4.
And it is a linear function.

The graph is

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 15
Answer: y = 4x – 6 is linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (6 , 21) , (5 , 15) , (4 , 10) , (3 , 6)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (4 , 10) and (3 , 6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6 – 10) / (3– 4)
m = -4/-1
m = 4
substitute the slope in the(4 , 10) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 10 = 4 ( x – 4)
y – 10 = 4x – 16
y = 4x – 16 + 10
y = 4x – 6
So ,  y = 4x – 6 is linear function.

The graph is

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS FROM EQUATIONS Does the equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 9.
2x + 3y = 7
Answer: The function is linear when m = \(\frac{-2}{3}\) and c = \(\frac{7}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given ,2x + 3y = 7
3y = 7 – 2x
y = \(\frac{-2}{3}\)x+ \(\frac{7}{3}\)
So, The function is linear when m = \(\frac{-2}{3}\) and c = \(\frac{7}{3}\)

Question 10.
y + x = 4x + 5
Answer: The function is linear when m = 3 and c = 5 .

Explanation:
Given , y + x = 4x + 5
y = 4x – x + 5
y = 3x + 5
So, The function is linear when m = 3 and c = 5 .

Question 11.
y = \(\frac{8}{x^{2}}\)
Answer: The function is linear when m = 8 and c = 0 .

Explanation:
Given , y = \(\frac{8}{x^{2}}\)
slope m = 8
c = 0
So, The function is linear when m = 8 and c = 0 .

IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS FROM GRAPHS Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 16
Answer: The graph is linear function

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 1) , (2 , 0) ,  (4 , -1 ) , (-2 , 2), ( -4, 3 )
The inputs have exactly one output ,
And points form a straight line
So , the graph is linear function

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 17
Answer: The graph is non linear function.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 0) , (-1 , -1) ,  (-4 , -2 ) , (1 , 1), ( 4, 2 )
The inputs have exactly one output ,
And points does not form a straight line
So , the graph is non linear function

Question 14.
IDENTIFYING A FUNCTION
The graph shows the volume V (in cubic feet) of a cube with an edge length of x feet. Does linear nonlinear the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 18
Answer: The graph is non linear function

n order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (1 , 1) , (2 , 8) ,  (3 , 27 ) , (4 , 64)
The inputs have exactly one output ,
And points does not form a straight line
So , the graph is non linear function

Question 15.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The frequency y (in terahertz) of a light wave is a function of its wavelength x (in nanometers). Is the function relating the wavelength of light to its frequency linear or nonlinear?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 19
Answer: The function is a non linear function

Explanation:
table is as follows
change in x is constant but change in y is not constant , it is increasing
So, the function is a non linear function .

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the cost (in dollars) of pounds of sun flower seeds.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 20
a. What is the missing -value that makes the table represent a linear function?
b. Write a linear function that represents the cost of x pounds of seeds. Interpret the slope.
c. Does the function have a maximum value? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:  a. 3 pounds = $4.2
b. y = 1.4x  is linear function.
c.  If y has maximum value then the x also has maximum value.

Explanation:
a. As per the table 1 pound = $1.4
2 pounds = $2.8
3pounds = $4.2
4 pounds = $5.6
So, the price is increasing with weight of the seeds.

b. Ordered pairs are (2 , 2.8) , (3 , 4.2) , (4 , 5.6)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 , 4.2) and (4 , 5.6)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (5.6 – 4.2) / (4 – 3)
m = 1.4
substitute the slope in the (3 , 4.2) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 4.2 = 1.4 ( x – 3)
y – 4.2 = 1.4x – 4.2
y = 1.4x – 4.2 + 4.2
y = 1.4x
So ,  y = 1.4x  is linear function.

c. As shown in the table , and the function if y increases then x also increases with respect to the y
So, if y has maximum value then the x also has maximum value.

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A birch tree is 9 feet tall and grows at a rate of 2 feet per year. The table shows the height h (in feet) of a willow tree after x years.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 21
a. Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
b. Which tree is taller after 10 years? Explain.
Answer: There is no linear relationship between x and y .

Explanation:
Table is as follows
Change in y is constant but change in x is increasing , not a constant
Hence, there is no linear relationship between x and y .

Question 18.
CRITICAL THINKING
In their first year, Show A has 7 million viewers and Show B has 5 million viewers. Each year, Show A has 90% of the viewers it had in the previous year. Show B loses 200,000 viewers each year.
a. Determine whether the function relating the year to the number of viewers is linear or nonlinear for each show.
b. Which show has more viewers in its sixth year?
Answer: a. The function relating the year to the number of viewers is linear
b. Both shows  has same number of viewers in the sixth year .

Explanation:
a. Given, In their first year, Show A has 7 million viewers and Show B has 5 million viewers. Each year, Show A has 90% of the viewers it had in the previous year. Show B loses 200,000 viewers each year.
For show A
So , In first year = 7
2 year = 90% of 7 = 6.3
3 year = 90% of 6.3 = 5.6
4 year = 90% of 5.6 = 5.04
5 year = 90% of 5 = 4.5
6 year = 90% of 4.5 = 4.05
So the ordered pairs are (1 , 7) , (2 , 6.3) , (3 , 5.6) , (4 , 5), (5 , 4.5) , (6 , 4)

For show B
In first year = 5 , As the viewers reduces by 2,00,000 in 5M
2 year = 5 – 0.2 = 4.8
3 year = 4.8 – 0.2 = 4.6
4 year = 4.6 – 0.2 = 4.4
5 year = 4.4 – 0.2 = 4.2
6 year = 54.2 – 0.2 = 4
So the ordered pairs are (1 , 5) , (2 , 4.8) , (3 , 4.6) , (4 , 4.4), (5 , 4.2) , (6 , 4)
As the year increases the viewers are also decreasing constantly as per the individual shows
So, The function relating the year to the number of viewers is linear .

b. As shown in part a , the ordered pairs having (6,4) represents the number of viewers to the year
So, Both shows  has same number of viewers in the sixth year .

Question 19.
NUMBER SENSE
The ordered pairs represent a function. (0,- 1), (1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8), and (4, 15)
a. Graph the ordered pairs and describe the pattern. Is the function linear or nonlinear?
b. Write an equation that represents the function.
Answer: a. The graph is shown below and function is linear
b. The linear equation is y = 7x – 1.

Explanation:
Given, ordered pairs represent a function. (0,- 1), (1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8), and (4, 15)
a. the graph is 
Each input has exactly one output and it forms a straight line So, the graph is linear
b. First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,8) and (4, 15)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (15 – 8) / (4– 3)
m = 7/1
m = 7
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -1 ) , The y intercept is -1.
So , the linear equation is y = 7x – 1.

Lesson 7.5 Analyzing and Sketching Graphs

EXPLORATION 1

Matching Situations to Graphs
Work with a partner. Each graph shows your speed during a bike ride. Match each situation with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 1
a. You increase your speed, then ride at a constant speed along a bike path. You then slow down until you reach your friend’s house. Analyze Relationships
b. You increase your speed, then go down a hill. You then quickly come to a stop at an intersection.
c. You increase your speed, then stop at a store for a couple of minutes. You then continue to ride, increasing your speed.
d. You ride at a constant speed, then go up a hill. Once on top of the hill, you increase your speed.
Answer: a – C ,
b – A ,
c – D ,
d – B ,

Explanation:
a. You increase your speed, then ride at a constant speed along a bike path. You then slow down until you reach your friend’s house. The graph C has the perfect graph representing the situation of given question.
b. You increase your speed, then go down a hill. You then quickly come to a stop at an intersection.
Because The graph A has the bike speed representing the situation for the time .
c. You increase your speed, then stop at a store for a couple of minutes. You then continue to ride, increasing your speed. Thus, The graph D is the final answer for the question
d. You ride at a constant speed, then go up a hill. Once on top of the hill, you increase your speed.
Because of the speed with respect to time the graph B is the correct answer for the question.

EXPLORATION 2

Interpreting a Graph
Work with a partner. Write a short paragraph that describe show the height changes over time in the graph shown. What situation can this graph represent?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 2
Answer: The Graph can be representing a situation for low and high tides of the Ocean

Explanation:
As shown in the figure, The graph is plotted between the height and time,
We can take an example of an Ocean for its waves , As the time passes at the morning of a normal day, The waves of the ocean start rising higher at a period of time, and for the time being maintaining a peak height then drops to a lower height at a particular intervals of time , this process takes place for a while and vise versa.
Thus, the Graph can be representing a situation for low and high tides of the Ocean

Try It

Question 1.
The graph shows the location of a pelican relative to your location.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 3
a. Describe the path of the pelican.
b. Write an explanation for the decrease in the vertical distance of the pelican.
Answer: Both of them are explained below.

Explanation:
a. The path of the pelican is flying in the air , As they always fly in line and the amazing thing is the deeper the prey the higher they dive.
The graph shows the relationship between the horizontal distance that is the height from the land, vertical distance is the point from where its destination point is located, so at the starting point of the flight it has more distance from the ground means flying at a higher level , as the time passes it reaches to the closer point of its destination point so the altitude of the flight decreases with the decrease in the vertical distance and at a particular distance reaches its point of destination.

b. The decrease in the vertical distance of the pelican. is due to its flight to the destination point as it requires to stop flying to reach it, so in order to have a smooth landing on the ground , the bird gradually decreases its speed by decreasing its altitude.

Question 2.
A fully-charged battery loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. You plug it in, and it fully recharges at a constant rate. Then it loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. Sketch a graph that represents this situation.
Answer:  The graph is

Explanation:
In the graph , let the x-axis be time and y-axis be the battery charge ,
A fully-charged battery loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. So, line segment starts from 100 and decreases until it touches the x-axis.
You plug it in, and it fully recharges at a constant rate. Thus, line segment increases at a constant rate until it reaches 100
Then it loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. line segment decreases again at a constant rate until it again touches the x-axis .

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
ANALYZING GRAPHS
The graph shows the growth rate of a plant over time.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 4
a. Describe the change in growth rate.
b. Write an explanation for the decrease in growth rate and the increase in growth rate.
Answer: the answers are given below

Explanation:
a. the change in growth rate of a plant over the time is given by its size and height , So as the time passes the growth rate is constant from the the start and from a particular time the growth rate has been dropping slightly due to external or internal reasons of a plant and again at some time the growth rate is increasing at a constant rate until it reaches to its perfect growth of a plant.

b. The decrease in growth rate of the plant is due to some external causes like weather, rain, sunlight , watering, and the soil may effect its growth rate and the increase in growth rate is probably due to its soil fertility and sufficient sunlight providing sufficient chlorophyll.

Question 4.
SKETCHING GRAPHS
As you snowboard down a hill, you gain speed at a constant rate. You come to a steep section of the hill and gain speed at a greater constant rate. You then slow down at a constant rate until you come to a stop. Sketch a graph that represents this situation.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
In the graph , let the x-axis be time and y-axis be the speed ,
As you snowboard down a hill, you gain speed at a constant rate, line segment decreases at a constant rate
You come to a steep section of the hill and gain speed at a greater constant rate, line segment becomes steeper i.e., the line segment decreases at a high constant rate.
You then slow down at a constant rate until you come to a stop, line segment becomes flatter i.e., the constant rate of decrease becomes less until it touches its x-axis

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
Two rowing teams are in a race. The graph shows their distances from the finish line over time. Describe the speed of each team throughout the race. Then determine which team finishes first.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 5
Answer: Team B will finishes race first.

Explanation:
Team A , The relationship between the time and distance from the finish line is given in the graph,
At starting point Team A has maintained a fair speed at the Beginning of the race and has been a little slow while reaching out to the destination point, and for a while they have been balancing the speed with the distance representing a curving point in the graph and directly dropping to the finish line drastically creating a slope, until it reaches in the x-axis line.
Team B , The relationship between the time and distance from the finish line is given in the graph,
As same as the Team A , Team B has a perfect start but it has been a way different them Team A because Team B has a game plan to win the race, as shown in the graph they have maintained a constant speed while reaching out to the destination and also having a smooth drift at a level of decreasing their distance from the finish line.

Team B will  finishes the race first because they are having a constant and smooth decreasing speed which comes to an end gradually at the finishing line.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
The graphs show the movements of two airplanes over time. Describe the movement of each airplane.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 6
Answer: Detailed explanation is given below.

Explanation:
As shown in the graph , x-axis is time and y-axis be the height above ground
Airplane A, the line segment at a constant rate at the time of starting of the takeoff and then drops to a point while decreasing in the height to the ground for landing and for a constant time it is at the ground level until again it takes off  having an increase in the height from the ground level , at last it maintains a constant speed.

Airplane B, the line segment at a constant rate at the time of starting of the takeoff and then drops to a point while decreasing in the height to the ground for landing and for a constant time it is at the ground level until again it takes off  having an increase in the height from the ground level , at last it maintains a constant speed.
It is as same as the airplane A.

Analyzing and Sketching Graphs Homework & Practice 7.5

Review & Refresh

Does the table or equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 7
Answer: y = -0.5x + 11.5 is a linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (-5 , 14) , (-1 , 12) , (3 , 10) , (7 , 8)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 , 10) and (7 , 8)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (8 – 10) / (7 – 3)
m = -2/4
m = -0.5
substitute the slope in the(3 , 10) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 10 = -0.5 ( x – 3)
y – 10 = -0.5x + 1.5
y = -0.5x + 1.5 + 10
y = -0.5x + 11.5
So , the linear equation is y = -0.5x + 11.5
And it is a linear function.

The graph is

Question 2.
y = x2 + 8
Answer: The function is linear  when m= 1 and c = 8.

Explanation:
Given , y = x2 + 8 ,
slope m = 1
c = 8
So, the function is linear when m = 1 and c= 8.

Graph the linear equation.
Question 3.
– 4x + y = – 1
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
we can write – 4x + y = – 1 as y = 4x – 1
Given , y = 4x – 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 4(0) – 1 = -1 . co-ordinates are (0 , -1)
if x = 1 , then y = 4(1) – 1 = 3 . co-ordinates are (1 , 3)
if x = 2 , then y = 4(2) – 1 = 7 , co-ordinates are (2 , 7)
if x = 3 , then y = 4(3) – 1= 11 , co-ordinates are (3 , 11)
The co-ordinates (0 , -1) , (1 , 3) , (2 , 7) , (3 , 11) form a straight line .

Question 4.
2x – 3y = 12
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
we can write  2x – 3y = 12 as y = \(\frac{2x-12}{3}\) or y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x – 4
Given , y =\(\frac{2}{3}\)x – 4 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)0 – 4= – 4 . co-ordinates are (0 , -4)
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)1 – 4 = 0.66 – 4 = -3.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , -3.3)
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)2 – 4 =0.66(2) – 4 =1.3 – 4 = -2.6, co-ordinates are (2 , -2.6)
if x = 3 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)3 – 4 = 0.66(3) – 4 = 1.98 – 4 = -2.0  , co-ordinates are (3 , -2.0)
The co-ordinates (0 , -4) , (1 , -3.3) , (2 , -2.6) , (3 , -2) form a straight line .

Question 5.
5x + 10y = 30
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
5x + 10y = 30 can be written as y = -0.5x + 3
take 5 common on both sides we get
x + 2y = 6
y = \(\frac{-x + 6}{2}\)
y = \(\frac{-x}{2}\) + 6
y = -0.5x + 3
Given , y =-0.5x + 3 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = -0.5(0) + 3 = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 3)
if x = 1 , then y = -0.5(1) + 3= 2.5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2.5)
if x = 2 , then y = -0.5(2) + 3 = 4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)
if x = 3 , then y = -0.5(3) + 3 = 4.5  , co-ordinates are (3 , 4.5)
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , 2.5) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 4.5)does not form a straight line .

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

MATCHING DESCRIPTIONS WITH GRAPHS The graph shows your speed during a run. Match the verbal description with the part of the graph it describes. (See Exploration 1, p. 301.)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 8
Question 6.
You run at a constant speed.
Answer: C

Explanation:
Because the line segment of the graph at point C show that the running speed is constant for a particular time ,
Thus forming a straight horizontal line.

Question 7.
You slow down at a constant rate.
Answer: D

Explanation:
Because the line segment of the graph at point D show that the running speed is decreasing at a constant rate for a particular time ,
Thus forming a straight steep line down the time axis.

Question 8.
You increase your speed at a constant rate.
Answer: A

Explanation:
Because the line segment of the graph at point A show that the running speed is increasing at a constant rate at a starting point of the race on time ,
Thus forming a slope in the graph.

Question 9.
You increase your speed at a faster and faster rate.
Answer: B

Explanation:
Because the line segment of the graph at point B show that the running speed is increasing at a faster rate after starting the race and maintaining a gradual growth of the speed and after reaching the next point speed is doubled from before ,
Thus forming a slope with a curve in the graph.

ANALYZING GRAPHS Describe the relationship between the two quantities.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 9
Answer: As the Time passes there will be increase in the volume.

Explanation:
The graph shows the relation between the volume and time of a Balloon , To fill up the balloon with air, with the inlet of air increases in volume and the time taken to fill the balloon with air is shown ,
The line segment starts at initial point stating the balloon at a no air state, then gradually increases with constant halts having constant volume at a particular time and vice versa.

So, As the Time passes there will be increase in the volume.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 10
Answer: As the times passes Dollars are maintaining imbalance.

Explanation:
The relationship between the time and dollars is given in the graph, As we all know money is never ever constant with time , As if it only increases or decreases or having both simultaneously , in this graph the line segment is having a steep and at some point of time it is maintaining a slight growth constantly with the time.

So, As the times passes Dollars are maintaining imbalance.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 11
Answer: An engine power is directly proportional to the engine speed and its horse power

Explanation:
The relationship between the engine speed and horse power is given in the graph, Generally every automobile is is defined as the best for its horse power which is the heart of the engine and it highlights the speed of the vehicle, Here engine power is defined by the horse power and the engine speed the line segment is having a curve increment in the horse power due to the increase in engine speed.

So, An engine power is directly proportional to the engine speed and its horse power

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 12
Answer: As time increases the process of grams decaying will be faster.

Explanation:
The relationship between grams and time is given in the graph, its obvious that every product has its own expiry date, and if it crosses that its starts to decay, the graph implies that with the increase time the quality of the gram decreases or grams start to decay . The line segment in the graph shows that the gradually decrease indicating the spoiling rate of the grams  with rate of change of time.

So, As time increases the process of grams decaying will be faster.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 13
Answer: At the particular intervals of time hair growth has stopped and at regular intervals again starts growing with respect to the time.

Explanation:
The graph shows the relationship between the length of the hair and time taken to the growth of the hair, of course hair growth is not constant every time, here we have the graph with the line segment  not constant and having breaks at the times of interval.

So, At the particular intervals of time hair growth has stopped and at regular intervals again starts growing with respect to the time.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 14
Answer: In a period of time the balance will be reduced gradually at regular intervals maintaining a constant balance to clear the loan.

Explanation:
The relationship between the balance of the loan with the time period of the loan to be cleared, The loan should be cleared in the time limit and should maintain a neat balance, every increase in time period the balance is debited from the loan , there will be decrease in the balance and gaps are occurred in the graph.

so, In a period of time the balance will be reduced gradually at regular intervals maintaining a constant balance to clear the loan.

Question 16.
ANALYZING GRAPHS
Write an explanation for the relationship shown in the graph in Exercise 10.
Answer: The graph shows the relation between the volume and time of a Balloon , To fill up the balloon with air, with the inlet of air increases in volume and the time taken to fill the balloon with air is shown ,
The line segment starts at initial point stating the balloon at a no air state, then gradually increases with constant halts having constant volume at a particular time and vice versa.

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The graph shows the natural gas usage for a house.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 15
a. Describe the change in usage from January to March.
b. Describe the change in usage from March to May.
Answer: a. The change in usage from January to March, As shown in the graph the usage is at peaks in the month of January and started to decrease after that month and continuing to decrease in the month of March.
b.  The change in usage from March to May, As shown in the graph the usage is continuing to decrease in the month of March and started to increase again in the month of May and maintaining to use highly from the month of May.

Explanation:
a. The change in usage from January to March, As shown in the graph the usage is at peaks in the month of January and started to decrease after that month and continuing to decrease in the month of March.

b.  The change in usage from March to May, As shown in the graph the usage is continuing to decrease in the month of March and started to increase again in the month of May and maintaining to use highly from the month of May.

SKETCHING GRAPHS Sketch a graph that represents the situation.
Question 18.
The value of a television decreases at a constant rate, and then remains constant.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Draw the axis and label the x- axis as time and y- axis as value, then sketch the graph,
The value of the television decreases at a constant rate: line segment starts to decrease at a constant rate,
And then remains constant, after reaching a certain value : line segment becomes parallel to horizontal axis.

Question 19.
The distance from the ground changes as your friend swings on a swing.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Your friend starts close to the ground and then swings up. Then she falls back down close to the ground again and swings back . When she swings back, she gets higher than when she was swinging forward, she then starts to swing forward again getting close to the ground and then going up even higher than when she was swinging backward, she continues to getting higher and higher every time she swings forwards and backwards,

Question 20.
The value of a rare coin increases at a faster and faster rate.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Draw the Axis and label them as x-axis as time and y – axis as distance,
The value of a rare coin increases at a faster and faster rate , so the curve moves upwards at an increasing rate.

Question 21.
You are typing at a constant rate. You pause to think about your next paragraph and then you resume typing at the same constant rate.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
A constant rate means that portion of the graph is linear , pausing means the number of words stays constant, typing again at the same constant rate means the last piece of the graph is linear again with the same slope as the first portion of the graph.

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
The graph shows the speed of an object over time.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 16
a. Sketch a graph that shows the distance traveled by the object over time.
b. Describe a possible situation represented by the graphs.
Answer: a. The distance and time are directly proportional to each other.
b. As time passes the speed and time are relatively balancing each other in the graph.

Explanation:
a. The graph is 
In this graph the relationship between distance and time is shown, for example , let the object be a bike, the time taken to reach the destination for the bike is directly proportional to the distance travelled , So as time passes the distance is gradually increasing from the starting point.

So, the distance and time are directly proportional to each other.

b. Th graph shown , is the relationship between the speed and the time , let the object moving be Train,
it is running between the station so it has to be halted in the stations to be listed in the stoppings , So the line segment is started with a constant speed with the time and again at the time interval dropping the speed with respect to time it has maintaining the same speed .

So, As time passes the speed and time are relatively balancing each other in the graph.

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The graph shows the average scores of two bowlers from the start of a season to the end of the season.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 17
a. Describe each bowler’s performance.
b. Who had a greater average score most of the season? Who had a greater average score at the end of the season?
c. Write an explanation for the change in each bowler’s average score throughout the bowling season.
Answer: All the answers are explained below

Explanation:
a.  Bowler A : As the graph represent the relationship between the score and the week, bowler A has started with the good take off and having able to grasp the same energy his performance on the goals are increasing rapidly over the week and had the good score than Bowler B.

Bowler B : As the graph represent the relationship between the score and the week, bowler B has started with the good take off but as the time passes the performance of the  bowler is has been intended to decrease his scores gradually over the week.

b.  Bowler A and Bowler B had a greater average score most of the season, but Bowler A had a greater average score at the end of the season

c. Bowler A has the same energy his performance on the goals are increasing rapidly over the week and had the good score than Bowler B. so it has a smaller change in average’s score in the bowling season .
While Bowler B has good take off but as the time passes the performance of the  bowler is has been intended to decrease his scores gradually over the week. so he has a drastic change in average’s score in the bowling season .

Question 24.
DIG DEEPER!
You can use a supply and demand model to understand how the price of a product changes in a market. The supply curve of a particular product represents the quantity suppliers will produce at various prices. The demand curve for the product represents the quantity consumers are willing to buy at various prices.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 18

a. Describe and interpret each curve.
b. Which part of the graph represents a surplus? Explain your reasoning.
c. The curves intersect at the equilibrium point, which is where the quantity produced equals the quantity demanded. Suppose that demand for a product suddenly increases, causing the entire demand curve to shift to the right. What happens to the equilibrium point?
Answer:  All of them are explained below .

Explanation:
a. The supply curve of a particular product represents the quantity suppliers will produce at various prices, As shown in the graph, the relationship between the price and quantity is given , so if prices increases gradually Quantity increases .
The demand curve for the product represents the quantity consumers are willing to buy at various prices, As shown in the graph, the relationship between the price and quantity is given , so if prices decreases with increase in Quantity .

b. The graph does not implies any surplus because each demand and supply is given by their respective curve over the prices and quantity

c. As shown in the graph, The curves intersect at the equilibrium point, which is where the quantity produced equals the quantity demanded. Given, that demand for a product suddenly increases, causing the entire demand curve to shift to the right. Then the equilibrium point will be pointed where the two curves meet after the change in the demand graph so change in the supply graph is also possible.

Functions Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
The table shows the lengths x (in inches) and weights y(in pounds) of several infants born at a hospital. Determine whether weight is a function of length. Then estimate the weight of an infant that is 20 inches long.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cc 1
Understand the problem.
You know the lengths and weights of several infants. You are asked to determine whether weight is a function of length and to estimate the weight of a 20-inch-long infant.

Make a plan.
Determine whether any of the lengths are paired with more than one weight. Then use a graphing calculator to find an equation that represents the data. Evaluate the equation when x = 20 to estimate the weight of a 20-inch-long infant.

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer: Weight is the function of the length

Explanation:
From the table we have , Each length has only one weight , so weight is a function of length.
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (19.3 , 7.3) and (18.9 , 6.5)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (6.5 – 7.3) / (18.9 – 19.3)
m = 0.2
substitute the slope in the (19.3 , 7.3) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 7.3 = 0.2 ( x – 19.3)
y – 7.3 = 0.2x – 3.86
y = 0.2x – 3.86 + 7.3
y = 0.2x + 3.4
So ,  y = 0.2x + 3.4 is linear function.

For x = 20 ,
y = 0.2 (20) + 3.4
y = 4 + 3.4
y = 7.4

So, The weight of an infant that is 20 inches long. is 7.4.

Question 2.
Each mapping diagram represents a linear function. At what point do the graphs of the functions intersect? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cc 2
Answer:  The point of intersection is (-1, -4)

Explanation:
Function 1 – Ordered pairs are ( -8 , 24 ) , ( -3 , 4 ) , ( -1 , -4 ) , ( 1 , -12) .
Function 2 – Ordered pairs are ( 6 , 17 ) , ( 10 , 29 ) , ( 13 , 38 ) , ( 15 , 44 ) .
Graph the points we get, So, The point of intersection is (-1,-4).

Performance Task

Heat Index
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Apparent Temperature.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cc 3
Answer:

Functions Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 1
Input: Ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs , inputs are represented by x

Output: Ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs , Outputs are represented by y

Relation: A relation pairs inputs with outputs

Mapping diagram: A relation can be represented by ordered pairs or mapping diagrams.

Function: The relation that pairs each input with exactly one output is a function.

Function rule: it is an equation, that describes the relationship between inputs(independent variables) and outputs(dependent variables).

Linear function: A linear function is a function whose graph is a straight line i.e., non vertical line . A linear can be written in the form y = mx + c , where m is the slope and c is the y intercept

Non linear function: The graph of a linear function shows a constant rate of change, A non linear function does not have a constant rate of change, So its graph is a not a line.

Graphic Organizers
You can use an Example and Non-Example Chart to list examples and non-examples of a concept. Here is an Example and Non-Example Chart for functions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 3
1. linear functions
2. nonlinear functions
3. linear functions with positive slope
4. linear functions with negative slope

Answer: 1. linear functions

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 4

7.1 Relations and Functions (pp. 275–280)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of a function.

List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram. Then determine whether the relation is a function.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 5
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 5 , 0 ) , ( 7 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 8 ) and The relation is not a function .

Explanation:
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 5 , 0 ) , ( 7 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 8 ) .
The input 7 has more than one output,
So, The relation is not a function .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 6
Answer: ordered pairs are ( 0 , 0 ) , ( 1 , 10 ) , ( 2 , 5 ) , ( 3 , 15 ) and The relation is a function .

Explanation:
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 0 , 0 ) , ( 1 , 10 ) , ( 2 , 5 ) , ( 3 , 15 ).
Each input has exactly one output ,
So, The relation is a function .

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 7
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( -1 , 0 ) , ( -1 , 1 ) , ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 1 , 2 ), ( 3 ,3 ) and The relation is not a function

Explanation:
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( -1 , 0 ) , ( -1 , 1 ) , ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 1 , 2 ), ( 3 ,3 ) .
The input -1 has more than one output ,
So, The relation is not a function .

Question 4.
For ordered pairs that represent relations, which coordinate represents the input? the output?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 8
Answer: x coordinate is the input and y coordinate is the output

Explanation:
Ordered pairs from the given graph are ( 2 , 7 ) , ( 3 , 7 ) , ( 4 , 5 ) , ( 5 , 5 ) , ( 6 , 3 ) .
So , x coordinate is the input and y coordinate is the output

Question 5.
Draw a mapping diagram that represents the relation shown in the graph. Then determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.
Answer:

Explanation:
The mapping diagram is
each input has more than one output
So, relation is not a function.

Question 6.
The mapping diagram represents the lengths (in centimeters) of a rubber band when different amounts of force (in Newtons) are applied.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 9
a. Is the length of a rubber band a function of the force applied to the rubber band?
b. Describe the relationship between the length of a rubber band and the force applied to the rubber band.
Answer:  a. Yes
b. For every increase in 0.7 in input there is an increment of 2 in output.

Explanation:
a. The ordered pairs are  ( 0 , 5 ) , ( 0.7 , 7 ) , ( 1.4 , 9 ) , ( 2.1 , 11 )
Each input has exactly one output
So, the length of a rubber band a function of the force applied to the rubber band.

b. For every increase in 0.7 in input there is an increment of 2 in output.

7.2 Representations of Functions (pp. 281–288)
Learning Target: Represent functions in a variety of ways.

Write a function rule for the statement.
Question 7.
The output is two less than the input.
Answer: y = x – 2

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is two less than the input, will be
y = x – 2

Question 8.
The output is two more than one-fourth of the input.
Answer: y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) + 2

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is two more than one-fourth of the input, will be
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) + 2

Find the value of y for the given value of x.
Question 9.
y = 2x – 3; x = – 4
Answer: y = -8

Explanation:
Given, y = 2x
substitute x = -4 , we get
y = 2(-4)
y = -8.

Question 10.
y = 2 – 9x ; x = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer: y = – 3.4

Explanation:
Given , y = 2 – 9x
substitute x = \(\frac{2}{3}\) , we get
y = 2 – 9 (0.6)
y = 2 – 5.4
y = – 3.4

Question 11.
y = \(\frac{x}{3}\) + 5; x = 6
Answer: y = 7.

Explanation:
Given, y = \(\frac{x}{3}\) + 5
substitute x = 6 , we get
y = \(\frac{6}{3}\) + 5
y = 2 + 5
y = 7.

Graph the function.
Question 12.
y = x + 3
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Given , y = x + 3  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 3 = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 4)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 3  = 4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 5)
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 3 = 5 , co-ordinates are (2 , 6)
if x = 3 , then y = 3 + 3 = 6 , co-ordinates are (3 , 7)
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , 4) , (2 , 5) , (3 , 6) form a straight line .

Question 13.
y = – 5x
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Given , y = – 5x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =- 5(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = – 5(1)  = – 5 . co-ordinates are (1 , – 5)
if x = 2 , then y = – 5(2) = -10 , co-ordinates are (2 , -10)
if x = 3 , then y =- 5(3) = -15 , co-ordinates are (3 , -15)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -5) , (2 , -10) , (3 , -15) form a straight line .

Question 14.
y = 3 – 3x
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Given , y =3 – 3x , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 3 – 3(0) = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 3)
if x = 1 , then y = 3 – 3(1)  = 0 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0)
if x = 2 , then y = 3 – 3(2) = – 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , – 3)
if x = 3 , then y =3 – 3(3) = – 6 , co-ordinates are (3 , – 6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , 0) , (2 , – 3) , (3 , – 6) form a straight line .

Question 15.
An online music store sells songs for $0.90 each.
a. Write a function that you can use to find the cost of buying songs.
b. What is the cost of buying 5 songs?
Answer: a. C = 0.90s
b. $4.5

Explanation:
a. The total cost is equal to the cost of each song times the number of songs, if each song is $0.90,
Then the total cost C of s songs is C = 0.90s.

b. Substituting s= 5 in C = 0.90s we get,
C = 0.90(5) = 4.5.
So, cost of 5 songs is $4.5.

7.3 Linear Functions (pp. 289–294)
Learning Target: Use functions to model linear relationships.

Use the graph or table to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 16
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 3.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (3 , 4) , (0 , 3 ) , (-3 , 2) , ( -6, 1 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,3) and (-3, 2)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (2 – 3) / (-3 – 0)
m = -1 / -3 .
m = 1/3 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 3 ) , The y intercept is 3.
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 3.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 17
Answer: The linear function is y = −(0)x -7.

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-2 , -7) , (0 , -7 ) , (2 , -7) , ( 4 , -7 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,-7) and (2, -7)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (-7 – (-7)) / (2 – 0)
m = 0 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -7 ) , The y intercept is -7.
So , the linear function is y = −(0)x -7.

Question 18.
The table shows the age x (in weeks) of a puppy and its weight y (in pounds).
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 18
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates y to x.
b. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.
c. After how many weeks will the puppy weigh 33 pounds?
Answer: a. y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 3
b. 3 pounds
c. Age is 20 weeks

Explanation:
a. In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (6 , 12) , (8 , 15 ) , (10 , 18) , ( 12 , 21 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points ((6 ,12) and (8 , 15)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (15 – 12) / (8 – 6)
m = 3/2 .
substitute the slope in the (6 ,12) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 12 = 3/2 ( x – 6)
2(y – 12) = 3(x – 6)
2y – 24 = 3x – 18
2y = 3x – 18 + 24
2y  = 3x + 6
So ,  2y  = 3x + 6 or y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 3 is linear function.

b. The slope measures the rate of change of weight due to change in weeks, Here the slope of 3/2 means that as one week passes, weight of the puppy increases by 3/2 pounds.
y intercept measures the weight of the puppy, when it was born which is 3 pounds in this case measured by c.

c. put y = 33,
33 = \(\frac3}{2}\)x + 3
30 = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x
30 × 2 = 3x
x = 60/3
x = 20.
So, Age is 20 weeks.

7.4 Comparing Linear and Nonlinear Functions (pp. 295–300)
Learning Target: Understand differences between linear and nonlinear functions.

Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 19
Answer: y = 3x – 8 is linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (3 , 1 ) , (6 , 10) , (9 , 19) , (12 , 28)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 , 1 ) and (6 , 10)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (10 – 1) / (6– 3)
m = 9/3
m = 3
substitute the slope in the (3 , 1) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 1 = 3 ( x – 3)
y – 1 = 3x – 9
y = 3x – 9 + 1
y = 3x – 8
So ,  y = 3x – 8 is linear function.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 20
Answer: y = -x + 4 is linear function.

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are (1 , 3 ) , (3 , 1) , (5 , 1) , (7 , 3)
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 3 ) and (3 , 1)
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (1 – 3) / (3– 1)
m = -2/2
m = -1
substitute the slope in the (1 , 3) to get point slope to form a line.
y-y1 = m (x-x1)
y – 3 = -1 ( x – 1)
y – 3 = -x + 1
y = -x + 1 + 3
y = -x + 4
So ,  y = -x + 4 is linear function.

Question 21.
Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 21
Answer: The graph represent a non linear function.

Explanation:
As shown in the graph linear function represents a  straight line to which not happened here,
So , the graph is non linear function

Question 22.
Does the equation y = 2.3x represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Answer: y = 2.3x is a linear function.

Explanation:
Given , y = 2.3x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y = 2.3(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)
if x = 1 , then y = 2.3(1) = 2.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2.3)
if x = 2 , then y = 2.3(2) = 4.6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4.6)
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 2.3) , (2 , 4.6) form a straight line .
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .
And it  forms a straight line when graphed .
So, y = 2.3x is a linear function.

7.5 Analyzing and Sketching Graphs (pp. 301–306)
Learning Target: Use graphs of functions to describe relationships between quantities.

Question 23.
Describe the relationship between the two quantities in the graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 23
Answer: At certain point of time, line segment is increased with respect to time and maintained a constant change and again dropped gradually with the increase in time.

Explanation:
The relationship between the graph is population and time ,
At certain point of time, line segment is increased with respect to time and maintained a constant change and again dropped gradually with the increase in time.
So, the city population is not constant at all the time.

Sketch a graph that represents the situation.
Question 24.
You climb a climbing wall. You climb halfway up the wall at a constant rate, then stop and take a break. You then climb to the top of the wall at a greater constant rate.
Answer: The graph is 

Explanation:
You start climbing a wall at a constant rate so the first portion of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope, you then take a break which means your height is constant so the second part of the graph needs to be a horizontal line, you then start climbing again at a constant rate, so the last part of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope.

Question 25.
The price of a stock increases at a constant rate for several months before the stock market crashes. The price then quickly decreases at a constant rate.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
The stock price is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be linear with positive slope, Then price begins to drop quickly so the second part of the graph needs to be linear with a steep negative slope.

Question 26.
The graph shows the sales of two companies during a particular year.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 26
a. Describe the sales of each company.
b. Which company has greater total sales for the year?
c. Give a possible explanation for the change in each company’s sales throughout the year.
Answer: All The explanation is given below

a. Company A – The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be linear with positive slope, and decreasing with a slight negative steep and again increasing at a constant rate increasing the sales of the company

Company B – The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be increase in curve with a slight decrease in the graph leading to decrease in sales and vise versa.

b. Company A has the greater total sales for the year compared to Company B, with maintaining the sales up to the mark without losses.

c. The change in each company’s sales throughout the year,  Company A – The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be linear with positive slope,
Company B – The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be increase in curve with a slight decrease in the graph leading to decrease in sales

Functions Practice Test

Question 1.
List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram. Then determine whether the relation is a function.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 1
Answer: The relation is a function

Explanation:
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output
So , Ordered pairs are ( 2 , 9 ) , ( 4 , 9 ) , ( 6 , 10 ) , ( 8 , 11 ) .
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 2.
Draw a mapping diagram that represents the relation. Then determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 2
Answer: The mapping diagram is

Explanation:
Ordered pairs from the given graph are ( -3 , 5 ) , ( -1 , 1 ) , ( -1 , 3 ) , ( 1 , 2 ) , ( 3 , 4 ) .
Each input has exactly one output ,
So , The relation is a function .

Question 3.
Write a function rule for “The output is twice the input.”
Answer: y = 2x

Explanation:
Let us say x is input and y is output , then
The output is twice the input. will be
y = 2x

Question 4.
Graph the function y = 1 – 3x.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
Given , y = 1 – 3x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,
So , if x = 0 , then y =1 – 3(0) = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)
if x = 1 , then y = 1 – 3(1)  = -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)
if x = 2 , then y = 1 – 3(2) = -5 , co-ordinates are (2 , -5)
if x = 3 , then y =1 – 3(3) = -8 , co-ordinates are (3 , -8)
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -5) , (3 , -8) form a straight line .

Question 5.
Use the graph to write a linear function that relates y to x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 5
Answer: The linear function is y = 0.5x – 1

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (-4 , -3) , (-2 , -2 ) , (0 , -1) , ( 2 , 0 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 , -1) and ( 2 , 0 )
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (0 – (-1)) / (2 – 0)
m = 1 / 2 .
m = 0.5 .
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -1 ) , The y intercept is -1.
So , the linear function is y = 0.5x – 1 .

Question 6.
Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 6
Answer: The linear function is y = −4x + 8

Explanation:
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 8) , (2 , 0 ) , (4 , -8) , ( 6 , -16 )
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 , 8) and (2 , 0 )
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (0 – 8) / (2 – 0)
m = -4
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 8 ) , The y intercept is 8.
So , the linear function is y = −4x + 8.

Question 7.
The table shows the number of y meters a water-skier travels in x minutes.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 7
a. Write a function that relates y to x.
b. Graph the linear function.
c. At this rate, how many kilometers will the water-skier travel in 12 minutes?
d. Another water-skier travels at the same rate but starts a minute after the first water-skier. Will this water-skier catch up to the first water-skier? Explain.
Answer: All the answers are given below

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are  (1 , 600) , (2 , 1200 ) , (3 , 1800) , ( 4 , 2400 ) , (5 , 3000)
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points(1 , 600) and (2 , 1200 )
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (1200 – 600) / (2 – 1)
m = 600
So, the line is of the form y = 600x + c
put x= 3 and y = 1800 in the above equation we get,
1800 = 600(3) + c
c = 1800 – 1800
c = 0.
So, The line is y = 600x.

b. The graph is

c. put x = 12 in y = 600x
y = 600(12)
y = 7200
7200 meters, i.e., 7.2km

d. Another water skier travels at the same rate but starts a minute after the first water skier, Since both are travelling at the same rate , the water skier who was late will always be behind the first water skier.

Question 8.
The graph shows the prices of two stocks during one day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 8
a. Describe the changes in the price of each stock.
b. Which stock has a greater price at the end of the day?
c. Give a possible explanation for the change in the price of Stock B throughout the day.
Answer: Detailed Explanation is given below.

Explanation:
a. The changes in the price of each stock is Stock A has the constant increase in stock for a particular time and maintains a constant price forming a straight line in the graph, and again decreasing with a negative slope and vise versa, while Stock B is having steep negative slope that is decreasing in the prices with the time and having a constant horizontal line. and having a positive increase in the slope and same repeats again.

b. stock B has a greater price at the end of the day, having a positive increase in the slope

c. The change in the price of Stock B throughout the day, is having steep negative slope that is decreasing in the prices with the time and having a constant horizontal line. and having a positive increase in the slope and same repeats again, compared to stock A .

Question 9.
You are competing in a footrace. You begin the race by increasing your speed at a constant rate. You then run at a constant speed until you get a cramp and have to stop. You wait until your cramp goes away before you start increasing your speed again at a constant rate. Sketch a graph that represents the situation.
Answer: The graph is

Explanation:
You begin the race by increasing your speed at a constant rate so the first portion of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope , you then run at a constant speed so the next portion of the graph needs to be horizontal line , you then stop and take a break , so your speed is zero, which means the next portion of the line needs to be
horizontal line on the x axis , you then increase your speed again at a constant rate sop that the last portion of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope

Functions Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 1
Question 1.
What is the slope of the line?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 2
Answer: Not in the options but the answer is m = -4/3

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are  (-4 , 5) , (1 , -3 ),
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (-3 – 5) / (2 – (-4))
m = -8/6
m = -4/3.

Question 2.
Which value of a makes the equation 24 = \(\frac{a}{3}\) – 9 true?
F. 5
G. 11
H. 45
I. 99
Answer: I. 99

Explanation:
Substitute a = 99 , in the given equation we get,
24 = \(\frac{a}{3}\) – 9
24 = \(\frac{99}{3}\) – 9
24 = 33 – 9
24 = 24.
So, last option is the correct answer.

Question 3.
A mapping diagram is shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 3
What number belongs in the box so that the equation describes the function represented by the mapping diagram?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 5
Answer: m = 7 , y = 7x + 5

Explanation:
Ordered pairs are  (4 , 33) , (7 , 54 ), (10 , 75) , (13 , 96 ),
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (4 , 33) and (7 , 54 )
m = (y2-y1) / (x2-x1)
m= (54 – 33) / (7 – 4)
m = 21/3
m = 7.
So, y = 7x + 5

Question 4.
What is the solution of the system of linear equations?
3x + 2y = 5
x = y + 5
A. (3, – 2)
B. (- 2, 3)
C. (- 1, 4)
D. (1, – 4)
Answer: A. (3, – 2)

Explanation:
Given 3x + 2y = 5
Then substitute , x = y + 5 in the above equation
3( y + 5) + 2y = 5
3y + 15 + 2y = 5
5y + 15 = 5
5( y + 3) = 5
y + 3 = 1
y = 1 – 3
y = -2,
substitute y = -2 in x = y + 5 then
x = 3
So, (3 , -2)

Question 5.
The director of a research lab wants to present data to donors. The data show how the lab uses a large amount of donated money for research and only a small amount of money for other expenses. Which type of display best represents these data?
F. box-and-whisker plot
G. circle graph
H. line graph
I. scatter plot
Answer: I. scatter plot

Explanation:
Scatter plot is the best graph for this type of data where vertical axis will show the amount of money and Horizontal axis will show research and other expenses.

Question 6.
Which graph shows a nonlinear function?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 6
Answer: option B

Explanation:
As all the other options are representing the linear function that is forming a straight line  expect for option B , it is representing a non linear equation.

Question 7.
Which equation of a line passes through the point (—2, 3) and has a slope of \(\frac{3}{4}\)?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 7
Answer:  F. y – 3 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(x + 2)

Explanation:
Given, y – 3 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(x + 2)
it is in the form of y = mx + c
so, slope m = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Substitute the given points in this equation that is x = -2 and y = 3
3 – 3 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(-2 + 2)
0 = 0.
So, F is the correct option.

Question 8.
The tables show the sales (in millions of dollars) for two companies over a five-year period.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 8
Part A Does the first table show a linear function? Explain your reasoning.
Part B Does the second table show a linear function? Explain your reasoning.
Answer: Part A, the first table shows a linear function,
Part B the second table shows a linear function.

Explanation:
Part A – ordered pairs are (1 , 2) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 6) , (4 , 8) , (5 , 10)
Each input has exactly one output and forms a straight line when graphed
So, it is a linear function.

Part B – ordered pairs are (1 , 1) , (2 , 1) , (3 , 2) , (4 , 3) , (5 , 5)
Each input has exactly one output and does not form a straight line when graphed
So, it is a linear function.

Question 9.
The equations y = – x + 4 and y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 8 form a system of linear equations. The table shows the values of y for given values of x.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 9
What can you conclude from the table?
A. The system has one solution, when x = 0.
B. The system has one solution, when x = 4.
C. The system has one solution, when x = 8.
D. The system has no solution.
Answer: C. The system has one solution, when x = 8.

Explanation:
Given , y = – x + 4 and y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 8
for x = 8 we have
y = -8 + 4 = -4
y = 0.5(8) – 8 = 4 – 8 = -4
Both the equations have one solution for x = 8
So, The system has one solution, when x = 8.

Question 10.
The vertices of a triangle are A (- 1, 3), B (1, 2), and C (- 1, – 1). Dilate the triangle using a scale factor of 2. What is the y-coordinate of the image of B?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 10
Answer: The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So , its a increase .

Explanation:
Given , (- 1, 3),  ( 1, 2 ),  (- 1, -1) these pairs form a right angle triangle
K = 2 , For the dilation figure multiply the 3 with the given ordered pairs , then
(- 1, 3) × 2 = ( -2 , 6)
( 1, 2) × 2 = ( 2 , 4)
(- 1, -1) × 2 = (-2 , -2)
From these new ordered pairs we form a new  right angle triangle

The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So, it’s an increase.

Conclusion

Enhance your problem-solving skills and overall math proficiency using the Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions. Give your best in exams by solving the Problems Over here aligned as per the Latest BIM Textbooks. In case of any suggestions do leave us your queries via the comment box so that we can get back to you.

Must Try:

CHOLAFIN Pivot Calculator

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes

Big Ideas Math Book Answers has created a sequence of lessons in all the chapters. Get Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes on this. This pdf link will make understanding concepts of 3-Dimensional shapes so easy. The 3-D shapes are cone, cylinder, cube, cuboid, etc. So following the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes is necessary to get notified of the topics. So it will be easy for you to understand the concepts behind each and every lesson.

Big Ideas Math Book Grade K Answer Key Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes

The topics covered in this chapter are Vocabulary, Two- and Three-Dimensional Shapes, Cubes and Spheres etc. So, Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes PDF for free. For more practice questions simply go to the performance task and cumulative practice which is given at the end of the chapter. Just click on the below-attached links and start your preparation from now.

Vocabulary

Lesson: 1 Two- and Three-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson: 2 Describe Three-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson: 3 Cubes and Spheres

Lesson: 4 Cones and Cylinders

Lesson: 5 Build Three-Dimensional Shapes

Lesson: 6 Positions of Solid Shapes

Chapter 12: Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes

Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Vocabulary

Directions:
Circle each can. Draw a square around each box. Count and write how many of each two-dimensional shape you draw.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes v 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Vocabulary

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes v 2

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes v 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Vocabulary-1

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes v 6

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes v 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Vocabulary-2

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes v 10

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes v 12

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Vocabulary-3

Lesson 12.1 Two- and Three-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Circle any triangles, rectangles, squares, hexagons, and circles you see in the picture. Use another color to circle any objects in the picture that match the blue shapes shown. Tell what you notice about each shape.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 1
Answer:

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.1-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Explore-and-Grow
two-dimensional
rectangle
circle
triangle
hexagon
Total11 shapes
three-dimensional
cylinder
sphere
cube
cone
Total 8 shapes
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth. … A circle is one example of a two-dimensional shape. Example Two. A rectangle is another example of a two-dimensional shape.

Triangles, Rectangles, Squares, Hexagons, and Circles all these shapes are all 2-D shapes.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width, and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
All the objects in the picture represent the 3-D shapes so, they are circled with a different color.

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle any three-dimensional shapes. Draw rectangles around any two-dimensional shapes. Tell why your answers are correct.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 2

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.1-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Think-and-Grow
two-dimensional
rectangle
circle
three-dimensional
cylinder
sphere
cuboid
cone
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 4 Circle any three-dimensional shapes. Draw rectangles around any two-dimensional shapes. Tell why your answers are correct.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.1-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Directions-Question-1
two-dimensional
rectangle
circle
three-dimensional
cylinder
cube
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangles.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.1-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Directions-Question-2
two-dimensional
circle
square
hexagon
three-dimensional
sphere
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.1-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Directions-Question-3
two-dimensional
Triangle
three-dimensional
Cuboid
Triangle prism
Cone
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.1-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Directions-Question-4
two-dimensional
0
three-dimensional
Cylinder
Sphere
Cone

Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
Circle any shapes in the picture that are solids. Draw rectangles around any shapes in the picture that are flats. Count and write how many solids and flats you find.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 8
three-Dimensional
________
– – – – – – – –
________

two-dimensional
________
– – – – – – – –
________

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.1-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Think-and-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life

two-dimensional
Rectangles
Total 7 flat surfaces
three-dimensional
Cubes
Sphere
Cone
Cylinder
Total 8 solids
Explanation:
Solid figures are three-dimensional. A face is a flat surface of a solid.

Two- and Three-Dimensional Shapes Homework & Practice 12.1

Directions:
1 – 3 Circle any three-dimensional shapes. Draw rectangles around any two-dimensional shapes. Tell why your answers are correct.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework -Practice-12.1-Question-1
two-dimensional
Triangle
Square
three-dimensional
Cylinder
Sphere
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework -Practice-12.1-Question-2
two-dimensional
Hexagon
Circle
three-dimensional
Cube
Cone
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 11
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework -Practice-12.1-Question-3
two-dimensional
Rectangle
Square
three-dimensional
Cube
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Directions:
4 and 5 Circle any three-dimensional shapes. Draw rectangles around any two-dimensional shapes. Tell why your answers are correct. 6 Circle any three-dimensional shapes in the picture. Count and write the number. Draw rectangles around any two-dimensional shapes in the picture. Count and write the number.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 12
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework -Practice-12.1-Question-4
two-dimensional
Circle
three-dimensional
Cylinder
Sphere
Cone
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 13
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework -Practice-12.1-Question-5
two-dimensional
Rectangle
Circle
Triangle
three-dimensional
Cube
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.1 14
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework -Practice-12.1-Question-6
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Lesson 12.2 Describe Three-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Cut out the Roll, Stack, Slide Sort Cards. Sort the cards into the categories shown.

rolls

stacks

slides

Answer:

Think and Grow

Directions:

  • Look at the solid shape on the left that rolls. Circle the other solid shapes that roll.
  • Look at the solid shapes on the left that stack. Circle the other solid shapes that stack.
  • Look at the solid shape on the left that slides. Circle the other solid shapes that slide.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 1

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.2-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Explore-and-Grow
Explanation:
Solid shapes that can roll are circled with Brown.
Solid shapes that can slide are circled with Yellow.
Solid shapes that can stack are circled with Blue.

The object which has a flat surface can slide. Example Rectangle, cube, cuboid, cylinder shapes.
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.
Shapes with a curved face can roll. Example sphere , cylinder , cone shape.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 Look at the solid shape on the left that rolls. Circle the other solid shapes that roll. 2 Circle the solid shapes that roll and slide. 3 Circle the solid shapes that stack and slide. 4 Circle the solid shape that does not stack or slide.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.2-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-1

Given:
The cylinder can roll,roll and slide, stack and slide
The cube can slide and stack.
The sphere can only roll.

Explanation:
The object which has a flat surface can slide. Example Rectangle, cube, cuboid, cylinder shapes.
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.
Shapes with a curved face can roll. Example sphere, cylinder, cone shape.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.2-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-2
Given:
The cylinder can roll, stack and slide, roll and slide
Cone can roll, roll and slide.
The cube can slide and stack.
Explanation:
Solid shapes that can roll are circled with Brown.
Solid shapes that can slide are circled with Yellow.
Solid shapes that can stack are circled with Blue.

The object which has a flat surface can slide. Example Rectangle, cube, cuboid, cylinder shapes.
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.
Shapes with a curved face can roll. Example sphere, cylinder, cone shape.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.2-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-3
Given:
A ball that represents a Sphere. The ball can only roll.
A wooden log which represent cylinder. Log can roll, roll and slide, stack and slide.
The wooden box which represents cube. The box can slide and stack.
Hat represent cone. hat can roll, roll and slide.

Explanation:
Solid shapes that can roll are circled with Brown.
Solid shapes that can slide are circled with Yellow.
Solid shapes that can stack are circled with Blue.
The object which has a flat surface can slide. Example Rectangle, cube, cuboid, cylinder shapes.
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.
Shapes with a curved face can roll. Example sphere, cylinder, cone shape.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.2-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-4
Given:
The ball which represents Sphere. The ball can only roll.
Glue stick which represents cylinder. Glue stick can roll,roll and slide, stack and slide.
The box which represents cube. Box can slide and stack.
Birthday Hat represents cone. Birthday hat can roll, roll and slide.

Explanation:
Solid shapes that can roll are circled with Brown.
Solid shapes that can slide are circled with Yellow.
Solid shapes that can stack are circled with Blue.
The object which has a flat surface can slide. Example Rectangle, cube, cuboid, cylinder shapes.
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.
Shapes with a curved face can roll. Example sphere, cylinder, cone shape.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
You stack the 3 objects shown. Write 1 below the object you place at the bottom of the stack, write 2 below the object you stack next, and write 3 below the object you stack last. Tell why you chose this order.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 7

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.2-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Think-and-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life

Given:
cylinder shaped Oats box and piggy bank. Oats box and piggy bank can roll, roll and slide, stack and slide.
cube shaped Cardboard box and a Wooden box . A cardboard box and a Wooden Box can slide and stack.
cone shaped Party hats. Party hats can roll, roll and slide.

Explanation:
The object which has a flat surface can slide. Example Rectangle, cube, cuboid, cylinder shapes.
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.
Shapes with a curved face can roll. Example sphere , cylinder , cone shape.

Describe Three-Dimensional Shapes Homework & Practice 12.2

Directions:
1 Look at the solid shapes on the left that stack. Circle the other solid shapes that stack. 2 Look at the solid shape on the left that rolls. Circle the other solid shapes that roll. 3 Look at the solid shape on the left that slides. Circle the other solid shapes that slide.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 9
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework-Practice-12.2-Question-1
Explanation:
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework-Practice-12.2-Question-2
Explanation:
Shapes with a curved face can roll. Example sphere, cylinder, cone shape.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 11
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework-Practice-12.2-Question-3
Explanation:
The object which has a flat surface can slide. Example Rectangle, cube, cuboid, cylinder shapes.

Directions:
4 Circle the solid shapes that roll and stack. 5 Circle the solid shapes that stack and slide. 6 Circle the solid shape that does not roll. 7 You stack the 3 objects shown. Write 1 below the object you place at the bottom of the stack, write 2 below the object you stack next, and write 3 below the object you stack last. Tell why you chose this order.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 12
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework-Practice-12.2-Question-4
Cylinder shaped objects can roll and slide.

Explanation:
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.
Shapes with a curved face can roll. Example sphere, cylinder, cone shape.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 13
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework-Practice-12.2-Question-5

Given:
Cube shaped objects can slide and stake.
Cylinder shaped objects can roll and slide.

Explanation:
The object which has a flat surface can slide. Example Rectangle, cube, cuboid, cylinder shapes.
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 14
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework-Practice-12.2-Question-6
Given:
Cube shaped objects can slide and stake. Cube shaped solids that does not roll.

Explanation:
The object which has a flat surface can slide. Example Rectangle, cube, cuboid, cylinder shapes.
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.2 15
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework-Practice-12.2-Question-7

Explanation:
In the figure given we have 2 cylinder shaped objects and 1 cone shaped object.
Cylinders can stack, slide and roll. So, I used both the cylinder shaped objects at the bottom.
Cone can roll and slide. As cones shaped figures can not be stacked I used at the top.

Lesson 12.3 Cubes and Spheres

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Cut out the Cube and Sphere Sort Cards. Sort the cards into the categories shown.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 1
Answer:

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle the cube. Draw a rectangle around the sphere. Tell why your answers are correct.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 2

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 3

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.3-Cubes-and-Spheres-Think-and-Grow
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 Circle the cube. Draw a rectangle around the sphere. Tell why your answers are correct. 2 – 4 Circle any object that looks like a cube. Draw a rectangle around any object that looks like a sphere. Tell why your answers are correct.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.3-Cubes-and-Spheres-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-1

Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.3-Cubes-and-Spheres-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-2
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.3-Cubes-and-Spheres-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-3
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.3-Cubes-and-Spheres-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-4
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
Use Make a Cube to build your own number cube. Draw the shape of the flat surfaces of your cube. Count and write the number of flat surfaces.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 9
________
– – – – – – – –
________ flat surfaces
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes- Lesson-12.3-Cubes-and-Spheres- Think-and-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life

Cubes and Spheres Homework & Practice 12.3

Directions:
1 – 3 Circle the cube. Draw a rectangle around the sphere. Tell why your answers are correct.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cubes-and-Spheres-Homework-&-Practice-12.3-Question-1
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 11
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cubes-and-Spheres-Homework-&-Practice-12.3-Question-2
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 12
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cubes-and-Spheres-Homework-&-Practice-12.3-Question-3
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges

Directions:
4 – 6 Circle any object that looks like a cube. Draw a rectangle around any object that looks like a sphere. Tell why your answers are correct. 7 Draw the shape of the flat surfaces of a die. Count and write the number of flat surfaces.

Question 4.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 13
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cubes-and-Spheres-Homework-&-Practice-12.3-Question-4
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 14
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cubes-and-Spheres-Homework-&-Practice-12.3-Question-5
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 15
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cubes-and-Spheres-Homework-&-Practice-12.3-Question-6
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.3 16
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cubes-and-Spheres-Homework-&-Practice-12.3-Question-7
Explanation:
Dice is similar to a cube.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges.

Lesson 12.4 Cones and Cylinders

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Cut out the Cone and Cylinder Sort Cards. Sort the cards into the categories shown.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 1
Answer:

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle the cone. Draw a rectangle around the cylinder. Tell why your answers are correct.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 2

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 3

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.4-Cones-and-Cylinders-Think-and-Grow
Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 Circle the cone. Draw a rectangle around the cylinder. Tell why your answers are correct. 2 – 4 Circle any object that looks like a cone. Draw a rectangle around any object that looks like a cylinder. Tell why your answers are correct.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.4-Cones-and-Cylinders-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-1

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.4-Cones-and-Cylinders-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-2

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.4-Cones-and-Cylinders-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-3

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.4-Cones-and-Cylinders-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-4

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
Use Make a Cylinder to build a can of vegetables. Draw the shape of the flat surfaces of your can. Count and write the number of flat surfaces.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 9
__________
– – – – – – – – – –
__________ flat surfaces
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Lesson-12.4-Cones-and-Cylinders-Think-and-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life

Cones and Cylinders Homework & Practice 12.4

Directions:
1 – 3 Circle the cone. Draw a rectangle around the cylinder. Tell why your answers are correct.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cones-and-Cylinders-Homework-&-Practice-12.4- Directions-Question-1

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 11
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cones-and-Cylinders-Homework-&-Practice-12.4- Directions-Question-2

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 12
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cones-and-Cylinders-Homework-&-Practice-12.4- Directions-Question-3

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Directions:
4 – 6 Circle any object that looks like a cone. Draw a rectangle around any object that looks like a cylinder. Tell why your answers are correct. 7 Draw the shape of the flat surface of a cone. Count and write the number of flat surfaces.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 13
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cones-and-Cylinders-Homework-&-Practice-12.4- Directions-Question-4

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 14
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cones-and-Cylinders-Homework-&-Practice-12.4- Directions-Question-5

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 15
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cones-and-Cylinders-Homework-&-Practice-12.4- Directions-Question-6

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.4 16
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional Shapes-Cones-and-Cylinders-Homework-&-Practice-12.4- Directions-Question-7
Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

Lesson 12.5 Build Three-Dimensional Shapes

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Use your materials to build one of the three-dimensional shapes shown. Circle the three-dimensional shape that you build.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 1
Answer:

Think and Grow

Directions:

  • Use your materials to build the 2 shapes shown.
  • Connect the 2 shapes that you build, as shown.
  • Tell what solid shape you build.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 2
Answer:
Cube

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 3 Use your materials to build the solid shape shown. 4 Use your materials to build a solid shape that has 6 square, flat surfaces. Circle the shape you build.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 3
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 4
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 5
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.5-Build-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Apply-Grow-Question-1-4

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • Use your materials to build the castle tower in the picture.
  • Circle the solid shapes that you use to build the tower.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 7

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.5-Build-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Think-Grow-Modeling Real-Life
Explanation
The above figure represent a cylinder base with cone on the top.

Build Three-Dimensional Shapes Homework & Practice 12.5

Directions:
1 and 2 Use your materials to build the solid shape shown. 3 Use your materials to build the solid shape that has a curved surface and only 1 flat surface. Circle the shape you build. 4 Use your materials to build a solid shape that has no flat surfaces. Circle the shape you build.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 9
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 10
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 11
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 12
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Build-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework-Practice-12.5-Question-1-4

Directions:
5 Use your materials to build the totem pole in the picture. Circle the solid shapes that you use to make the totem pole.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.5 13

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Build-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Homework-Practice-12.5-Question-5

Explanation:
The above totem is a stack of three shapes. The bottom is in the shape of a Cube. The middle is in the shape of a Cylinder. The top is in the shape of a Cone.

Lesson 12.6 Positions of Solid Shapes

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place a counter beside the bench. Place a counter in front of the tree. Place a counter next to below the stairs. Place a counter the baby swing.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.6 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.6-Positions –of-Solid-Shapes

Think and Grow

Directions:

  • Circle the object that looks like a cylinder that is next to the table. Draw a line through the object that looks like a cone that is below the shelf. Draw a rectangle around the object that looks like a sphere that is above the table.
  • Circle the object that looks like a cube that is behind the shovel. Draw a line through the object that looks like a cylinder that is beside the tree. Draw a rectangle around the object that looks like a sphere that is in front of the tree.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.6 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.6-Positions –of-Solid-Shapes-Think-and-Grow

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 Circle the object that looks like a cylinder that is behind a paper cup. Draw a line through the object that looks like a sphere that is above the napkin dispenser. Draw a rectangle around the object that looks like a cone that is below a glass cup. 2 Circle the object that looks like a cone that is beside the log. Draw a line through the object that looks like a sphere that is above the log. Draw a rectangle around the object that looks like a cone that is in front of the log.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.6 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.6-Positions –of-Solid-Shapes-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-1

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.6 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.6-Positions –of-Solid-Shapes-Apply-and-Grow-Practice-Question-2

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions: Use the City Scene Cards to place the objects on the picture.

  • Place a dog in front of the boy crossing the street.
  • Place a tree beside the building that looks like a cube.
  • Place an object that looks like a sphere above the buildings. Place that object behind a cloud.
  • Place an object that looks like a cone below the traffic light.
  • Place a streetlight next to the girl on the sidewalk.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.6 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.6-Positions-of-Solid-Shapes-Think-and-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life

Positions of Solid Shapes Homework & Practice 12.6

Directions:
1 Circle the object that looks like a sphere that is beside the pool. Draw a line through the object that looks like a cone that is next to the ball. Draw a rectangle around the object that looks like a cylinder that is behind the block.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.6 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Positions-of-Solid-Shapes-Homework-&-Practice-12.6-Question-1

Directions:
2 Circle the object that looks like a cone that is above the stuffed animal. Draw a line through the object that looks like a cylinder that is in front of the stuffed animal. Draw a rectangle around the object that looks like a cube that is below the stuffed animal. 3 Use the Construction Scene Cards to place the objects on the picture. Place a building below the object that is shaped like a cube. Place a tree beside that building. Place a blimp the traffic cone. Place a truck in front of the traffic cone.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.6 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Positions-of-Solid-Shapes-Homework-&-Practice-12.6-Question-2

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 12.6 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Positions-Solid-Shapes-Homework-Practice-12.6-Question-3

Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Performance Task

Directions: 1 You pick up trash in the park. Draw lines to match each item with its correct recycling bin.

  • The object that rolls but does not stack that is in front of the lamppost goes in the yellow bin.
  • The object below the bench that does not roll goes in the blue bin.
  • The object that has 1 flat surface that is behind an object that looks like a cylinder goes in the green bin.
  • The object that stacks, slides, and rolls that are above an object that looks like a cube goes in the orange bin.
  • The object in front of the tree that rolls and has 2 flat surfaces goes in the green bin.
  • The object next to the tree that stacks and slides and has only flat surfaces goes in the green bin.
  • The object that has a curved surface that does not stack that is beside the tree goes in the blue bin.
  • The object that slides and rolls that is next to an object that has 6 flat surfaces goes in the blue bin.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Performance-Task

Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Activity

Solid Shapes: Spin and Cover
Directions:
Take turns using the spinner to find which type of three-dimensional shape to cover. Use a counter to cover an object on the page. Repeat this process until you have covered all of the objects.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes 2
Answer:

Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice

Directions:
1 and 2 Circle any three-dimensional shapes. Draw rectangles around any two-dimensional shapes. Tell why your answers are correct. 3 Look at the solid shape on the left that rolls. Circle the other solid shapes that roll. 4 Circle the solid shapes that stack and slide.

12.1 Two- and Three-Dimensional Shapes

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice-12.1-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Question 1
two-dimensional
rectangle
circle
three-dimensional
Sphere
cube
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice-12.1-Two-and-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Question-2
two-dimensional
Triangle
three-dimensional
Cylinder
Cone
Explanation:
A two-dimensional shape is a shape that has length and width but no depth.
Examples: Circle, Triangle, Rectangle, Squares, Hexagons.
2-D shapes have been shaped with rectangle.
A three-dimensional shape can be defined as a solid figure or an object or shape that has three dimensions – length, width and height. Unlike two-dimensional shapes, three-dimensional shapes have thickness or depth.
Examples: Sphere, Torus, Cylinder, Cone, Cube, Cuboid, Triangular Pyramid, Square Pyramid.
3-D shapes have been shaped with circle.

12.2 Describe Three-Dimensional Shapes

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice-12.2-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Question-3
Explanation:
Shapes with a curved face can roll. Example sphere , cylinder , cone shape

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice-12.2-Describe-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Question-4
Explanation:
The object which has a flat surface can slide. Example Rectangle, cube, cuboid, cylinder shapes.
Shapes with a flat face can stack. Example Cube, Rectangle, Cylinder shape.

Directions:
5 Circle the cube. Draw a rectangle around the sphere. Tell why your answers are correct. 6 Circle any object that looks like a cube. Draw a rectangle around any object that looks like a sphere. Tell why your answers are correct. 7 and 8 Circle any object that looks like a cone. Draw a rectangle around any object that looks like a cylinder. Tell why your answers are correct.

12.3 Cubes and Spheres

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice-12.3-Cubes-and-Spheres-Question-5
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice-12.3-Cubes-and-Spheres-Question-6
Explanation:
A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices.
A cube is a region of space formed by six identical square faces joined along their edges.

12.4 Cones and Cylinders

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice-12.4-Cones-and-Cylinders-Question-7

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice-12.4-Cones-and-Cylinders-Question-8

Explanation:
A Cone is a distinctive three-dimensional geometric figure that has a flat surface and a curved surface, pointed towards the top. The pointed end of the cone is called the apex, whereas the flat surface is called the base.

A Cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Directions:
9 Use your materials to build the solid shape shown. 10 Use your materials to build a shape that has a curved surface and 2 flat surfaces. Circle the shape you build. 11 Use your materials to build the elf in the picture. Circle the solid shapes that you use to make the elf.

12.5 Build Three-Dimensional Shapes

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 10
Answer 9 – 10 :
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.5-Build-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Question-9-10

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 11
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Lesson-12.5-Build-Three-Dimensional-Shapes-Question-11

Directions:
12 Circle the object that looks like a cylinder that is below the hat. Draw a line through the object that looks like a cone that is beside the cooler. Draw a rectangle around the object that looks like a cylinder that is in front of the hat. 13 Circle the object that looks like a sphere that is above the cone. Draw a line through the object that looks like a cylinder that is next to the cone. Draw a rectangle around the object that looks like a sphere that is behind the cone.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 12
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice-Question-12

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 12 Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes chp 13
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-Grade-K-Answer-Key-Chapter-12- Identify-Three-Dimensional-Shapes- Identify Three-Dimensional Shapes Chapter Practice-Question-13

Final Words:

You can learn the difference between 2-D and 3-D shapes from here. Write your new ideas on your book and solve the problems in own way. Also create questions on your own and try to understand the concepts in depth. We hope the given info is helpful for all the students of Grade K. If you have any doubts regarding the concept you can post the comments in the below-mentioned comment box. Hope this Big Ideas Math Grade K Solution Key helps you to score good marks in the exams.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12

Are you feeling difficulty while preparing for the 12th Chapter Solve Length Problems? Then stay tuned to this page. Here we are giving the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems. Students can download the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems pdf for free of cost.

Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems

Students can check out the topic-wise questions and solutions of Big Ideas Math Book Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems. The different lessons of BIM Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems are Solve Length Problems Vocabulary, Use a Number Line to Add and Subtract Lengths, Problem Solving: Length, Problem Solving: Missing Measurement, and Practice Measurement Problems.

Make use of Big Ideas Math 2nd Grade 12th Chapter Solve Length Problems Answer Key during your practice sessions. Make the most out of them and score better grades in your exams. Students can access whichever topic they feel like preparing by click on the quick links listed below. You will be directed to the chosen link.

Vocabulary

Lesson: 1 Use a Number Line to Add and Subtract Lengths

Lesson: 2 Problem Solving: Length

Lesson: 3 Problem Solving: Missing Measurement

Lesson: 4 Practice Measurement Problems

Chapter: 12 – Solve Length Problems

Solve Length Problems Vocabulary

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems v 1
Organize It
Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems v 2
Answer :
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Solve-Length-Problems-Vocabulary-Organize-It
Explanation :
Bar model can be defined as a pictorial representation of a number in the form of bars or boxes used to solve number problems.

Define It
Match the review word to its model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems v 3
Answer :
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Solve-Length-Problems-Vocabulary-Define-It

Lesson 12.1 Use a Number Line to Add and Subtract Lengths

Explore and Grow

Your goldfish is 4 centimetres long. It grows 6 more centimetres. Use the number line and your ruler to show how long the goldfish is now.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 1

Answer :
Length of the gold fish = 4 centimetres
Increased length of gold fish = 6 centimetres
Length of gold fish now = 4 + 6 = 10 centimetres  .

Explanation:
Draw an arrow from 0 to 4 to represent 4. Then draw an arrow 6 units to the right representing adding +6.
So, 4 + 6 =0

What is the same about your ruler and the number line? What is different?
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
Answer:
A number line is just that – a straight, horizontal line with numbers placed at even increments along the length. It’s not a ruler, so the space between each number doesn’t matter, but the numbers included on the line determine how it’s meant to be used.
Ruler a straight strip, typically marked at regular intervals and used to draw straight lines or measure distances.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
You swim 15 meters and take a break. Then you swim 10 meters. How many meters do you swim?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 2
Answer:
Distance covered while swimming = 15 meters
Distance covered while swimming after break = 10 metresters .
Therefore, 25 meters traveled in swimming
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.1-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Show-Grow-Question-1
Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 10 to represent 10. Then draw an arrow 15 units to the right representing adding +15.
So, 10 + 15 = 25

Question 2.
A ribbon is 16 yards long. You cut off 7 yards. How long is the ribbon now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 3
Answer:
Length of the ribbon = 16 yards
Decreased in the length of the ribbon = 7 yards
Length of the ribbon now = 16 – 7 = 9 yards .
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.1-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Show-Grow-Question-2
Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 16 to represent 16. Then draw an arrow 7 units to the left representing Subtracting -7.
So, 16  – 7 = 9

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
A snake is 24 inches long. It sheds 14 inches of its skin. How much skin does it not shed?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 4

Answer:
Length of the snake = 24
Length of snake sheds = 14
Length of the snake didn’t shed = Total Length – shed length = 24 – 14 = 10 inches
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.1-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-3
Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 24 to represent 24. Then draw an arrow 14 units to the left representing Subtracting 10
So, 24 – 14 = 10 inches .

Question 4.
A photo is 15 centimetres long. You cut off 3 centimetres from the left and 3 centimetres from the right. How long is the photo now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 5
Answer:
Length of the photo = 15 centimetres
Length of the photo cut from left = 3 centimetres
Length of the photo cut from right = 3 centimetres
Length of the photo now = 15 – 3 – 3 = 15 – 6 = 9 centimetres
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.1-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-4

Question 5.
Structure
Write an equation that matches the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.1-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Question-5

Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 11 to represent 11. Then draw an arrow 6 units to the right representing adding 6 and draw an arrow 3 units to the left representing subtracting 3 .
So, 11 + 6 – 3 = 14 .

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You want to make a bracelet that is 6 inches long. You make 4 inches before lunch. You make 2 inches after lunch. Did you finish the bracelet?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 7
Model:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 8
Did you finish? Yes No
Answer:
Length of the bracelet = 6 inches
Length of the bracelet made before lunch = 4 inches.
Length of the bracelet made after lunch = 2 inches.
Total Length of the bracelet made = 4 + 2 = 6 inches .
Yes , it is finished
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.1-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Think-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life

Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 4 to represent 4. Then draw an arrow 2 units to the right representing adding 2
So, 4 + 2 = 6 inches .

Show and Grow

Question 6.
You are painting a fence that is 24 feet long. You paint 10 feet on Saturday. You paint 13 feet on Sunday. Did you finish painting the fence?
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.1-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Question-6
Answer:
Length of the total fencing = 24 feet
Length of the fence painted on Saturday = 10 feet
Length of the fence painted on Sunday = 13 feet
Total length of the fencing painted = 10 + 13 = 23 feet.
No painting of fencing is not finished as it is painted 23 feet . still 1 feet left to paint ( 24 – 23 = 1 feet )
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.1-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Question-7

Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 10 to represent 10. Then draw an arrow 13 units to the right representing adding 13
So, 10 + 13  = 23 feet .

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
You throw a disc 9 meters. On your second throw, the disc travels 3 meters more than your first throw. How many meters did the disc travel in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 10
______ meters
Answer:
Length of the first disc thrown = 9 metres
Length of the disc travels in second throw = 3 meters more than your first throw = 9 + 3 = 12
Total length the disc travels in first and second throw = 9 + 12 = 21 meters .
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.1-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Question-7
Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 9 to represent 9. Then draw an arrow 12 units to the right representing adding 12
So, 9 + 12  = 21 meters .

Use a Number Line to Add and Subtract Lengths Homework & Practice 12.1

Question 1.
You kick a ball 13 yards. Your friend kicks it back 9 yards. How far is the ball from you now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 11
Answer:
Distance traveled by ball when i kicked the ball  = 13 yards
Distance traveled by ball when my friend kicked the ball = 9 yards back ward = -9 yards.
Distance of ball from me now = 13 yards – 9 yards = 4 yards.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Homework-Practice-12.1-Question-1
Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 13 to represent 13. Then draw an arrow 9 units to the left representing Subtracting 9
So, 13- 9 = 4 yards .

Question 2.
Your shoelace is 20 inches long. Your friend’s is 4 inches longer than yours. How long is your friend’s shoelace?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 12
Answer:
Length of my shoelace = 20 inches
Length of my friend’s shoelace = 4 inches longer than me = 4 + 20 = 24 inches.

Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 20 to represent 20. Then draw an arrow 4 units to the right representing adding 4
So, 20 + 4 = 24 inches .

Question 3.
Structure
One power cord is 7 feet long. Another power cord is 5 feet long. Use the number line to find the combined length of the power cords.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 13
Answer:
Length of power cord = 7 feet
Length of another power cord = 5 feet
Total length of both cords = 7 + 5 = 12 feet
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Homework-Practice-12.1-Question-3

Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 7 to represent 7. Then draw an arrow 5 units to the right representing adding 5
So, 7 + 5  =12 feets .

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
A worker needs to pave a bike path that is 25 feet long. He completes 13 feet on Monday and 11 feet on Tuesday. Did he complete the paving?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 14
Answer:
Length of the bike path = 25 feet
length paved on Monday = 13 feet
Length paved on Tuesday = 11 feet
Total length paved on Monday and Tuesday = 13 + 11 = 24 feet
1 feet is less to complete the length of bike path . So, Paving is not completed .
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Homework-Practice-12.1-Question-4

Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 13 to represent 13. Then draw an arrow 11 units to the right representing adding 11
So, 13+ 11  = 24 feets .

Question 5.
DIG DEEPER!
You throw a baseball 5 yards. On your second throw, the baseball travels 2 yards more than your first throw. How many yards did the baseball travel in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 15
_______ yards
Answer:
Distance traveled by a base ball = 5 yards
Distance traveled by a base ball in second throw = 2 yards more than your first throw = 5 + 2 = 7 yards .
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Use-a-Number-Line-to-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Homework-Practice-12.1-Question-5
Explanation :
Draw an arrow from 0 to 5 to represent 5. Then draw an arrow +2 units to the right representing adding 2
So, 5 + 2  = 7 yards .

Review & Refresh

Compare
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 16
Answer:
210 = 200 + 10

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.1 17
Answer:
532 = 500 + 20 + 3

Lesson 12.2 Problem Solving: Length

Explore and Grow

How much longer is the red ribbon than the blue ribbon?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 1
______ inches
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.2-Problem-Solving-Length-Explore-Grow

Show and Grow

Question 1.
An orange fish is 10 centimeters long. A yellow fish is 35 centimeters long. A red fish is 19 centimeters long. How much longer is the yellow fish than the red fish?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 2
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 3
Answer:
Length of Orange fish =  10 centimeters
Length of Yellow fish = 35 centimeters
Length of red fish  = 19 centimeters
length of yellow fish is how much longer than the red fish = 35 – 19 = 16 centimeters
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.2-Problem-Solving-Length-Show-Grow-Question-1

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
A green scarf is 60 inches long. An orange scarf is 45 inches long. A red scarf is 36 inches long. How much longer is the green scarf than the red scarf?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 4
______ inches
Answer:
Length of green scarf = 60 inches
Length of Orange scarf = 45 inches .
Length of Red scarf = 36 inches .
Length of green scarf is how much longer than red scarf = 60 – 36 = 24 inches .

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
A pink ribbon is 90 centimeters long. A purple ribbon is 35 centimeters long. A blue ribbon is46 centimeters long. How much longer is the pink ribbon than the total length of the purple and blue ribbons?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 5
_______ centimeters
Answer:
Length of pink ribbon = 90 centimeters
Length of purple ribbon = 35 centimeters
Length of blue ribbon = 46 centimeters
The total length of the purple and blue ribbons = 35 + 46 = 81  centimeters.
Length of pink ribbon is how much longer than the total length of the purple and blue ribbons = 90 – 81 = 9 centimeters

Question 4.
Structure
How much taller is Student 3 than the shortest student?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 6
________ inches
Answer:
Taller student is student 3 = 53 inches .
Shorter student is student 2 = 48 inches .
Taller Student is how much taller than shorter student = 53 – 48 = 5 inches .

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You hop 27 inches and then 24 inches. Your friend hops 3 inches less than you. How far does your friend hop?
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find?
Model:
_______ inches
Answer:
Length hoped by me is 27 and 24 inches = 27 + 24 = 51 inches
Length hoped by my friend = 3 inches less than me = 51 – 3 = 48 inches .
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.2-Problem-Solving-Length-Question-4

Show and Grow

Question 5.
You throw a ball 36 feet and then 41 feet. Your friend throws a ball 5 feet farther than you. How far does your friend throw the ball?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 7
______ feet
Answer:
Distance traveled by ball in first throw = 36 feet
Distance traveled by ball in Second throw = 41 feet
Total Distance traveled by balls = 36 + 41 = 77 feet
Distance traveled by ball when my friend throws = 5 feet farther than me = 77 + 5 = 82 feet .

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
A black horse runs 53 meters and then 45 meters. A brown horse runs 62 meters and then 31 meters. Which horse ran the longer distance in all? How many more meters did the horse run?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 8
Black horse Brown horse
_________ more meters
Answer:
Distance traveled by black horse is 53 meters and then 45 meters. = 53 + 45 = 98 meters
Distance traveled by Brown horse is 62 meters and then 31 meters = 62 + 31 = 93 meters
Black Horse runs longer distance than brown horse
Black horse travels 98 – 93 = 5 meters more than brown horse .

Problem Solving: Length Homework & Practice 12.2

Question 1.
The distance to the principal’s office is 24 yards. The distance to the bathroom is 15 yards. The distance to your teacher’s desk is 2 yards. How much farther away is the principal’s office than the bathroom?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 9
_______ yards
Answer:
The distance to the principal’s office = 24 yards
The distance to the bathroom = 15 yards
The distance to your teacher’s desk = 2 yards
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Problem-Solving-Length-Homework-Practice-12.2-Question-1
The principal’s office is 9 yards farther away than the bathroom .

Question 2.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
You launch a rocket 63 meters. Your friend launches it 28 meters, and your cousin launches it 86meters. Your cousin says that he launches the rocket 58 meters farther than you. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 10
Answer:
Distance traveled by my rocket = 63 meters
Distance traveled by my friend rocket = 28 meters
Distance traveled by my cousin’s rocket = 86 meters
Distance differences between my rocket and my cousins rocket = 86 – 63 = 23 meters .
My Rockets is 23 meters farther than my cousin rocket not 58 meters.
So above statement is wrong .
Explanation :
Distance differences between my rocket and my cousins rocket = 86 – 63 = 23 meters .
My Rockets is 23 meters farther than my cousin rocket not 58 meters.

Question 3.
Modeling Real Life
You create a drawing that is 15 centimeters long and then add on 7 more centimeters. Your friend creates a drawing that is 3 centimeters longer than yours. How long is your friend’s drawing?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.2 11
_______ centimeters
Answer:
Length of my Drawing = 15 centimeters
Length of my drawing after adding 7 centimeters = 15 + 7 = 22 centimeters
Length of my Friends drawing = 3 centimeters longer than my drawing = 22 + 3 = 25 centimeters
Therefore length of my friend’s drawing = 25 centimeters .

Question 4.
DIG DEEPER!
A frog hops 36 inches and then 22 inches. A toad hops 14 inches and then 43 inches. Which animal hopped the longer distance in all? How many more inches did the animal hop?
Frog Toad
________ more inches
Answer:
Distance hopped by frog is 36 inches and then 22 inches. = 36 + 22 = 58 inches .
Distance hopped by toad is 14 inches and then 43 inches = 14 + 43 = 57 inches .
Frog hopped more distance than toad
Difference of distance hopped by frog and toad = 58 – 57 = 1 inch .

Review & Refresh 

Question 5.
635 + 10 = ______
635 + 100 = _____
Answer:
635 + 10 = 645
635 + 100 = 735
Explanation :
The ones digit remains the same when you add ten. The tens digit increases by 1 every time you add ten
The ones digit remains the same and the tens digit remains the same when you add hundred. The hundred digit increases by 1 every time you add hundred

Question 6.
824 + _____ = 924
824 + _____ = 834
Answer:
824 + 100 = 924
824 + 10 = 834
Explanation :
The ones digit remains the same when you add ten. The tens digit increases by 1 every time you add ten
The ones digit remains the same and the tens digit remains the same when you add hundred. The hundred digit increases by 1 every time you add hundred

Question 7.
309 + _____ = 409
309 + _____ = 319
Answer:
309 + 100 = 409
309 + 10 = 319
Explanation :
The ones digit remains the same when you add ten. The tens digit increases by 1 every time you add ten
The ones digit remains the same and the tens digit remains the same when you add hundred. The hundred digit increases by 1 every time you add hundred

Lesson 12.3 Problem Solving: Missing Measurement

Explore and Grow

You and your friend each have a piece of yarn. The total length of both pieces is 16 centimeters. Use a ruler to measure your yarn. Then draw your friend’s yarn.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 1
Answer:

Explain how you found the length of your friend’s yarn.
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
Answer:
Total Length of the yarn  = 16 centimeters
Length of my yarn = 7.8 centimeters .
Length of my friend’s yarn = 16 – 7.8 =  8.2 centimeters
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.3-Problem-Solving-Missing-Measurement-Explore-Grow

Show and Grow

Question 1.
A rope is 31 meters long. You cut a piece off. Now the rope is 14 meters long. How much rope did you cut off?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 2
So, ? = ______.
______ inches
Answer:
Length of the rope = 31 meters
Length of the rope after cut off = 14 meters.
Length of the cut off rope = 31 – 14 = 17 meters .
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.3-Problem-Solving-Missing-Measurement-Show-Grow-Question-1

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
A celery stalk is 20 centimeters long. You cut off the leaves. Now it is 13 centimeters long. How much did you cut off?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 3
______ centimeters
Answer:
Length of celery stalk = 20 centimeters
Length of celery stacking after chopping the leaves = 13 centimeters .
Length of the chopped leaves = 20 – 13 = 7 centimeters .

Question 3.
Descartes walked some and then ran 39 yards. He went a total of 75 yards. How far did he walk?
______ yards
Answer:
Total Distance traveled by Descartes = 75 yards
Distance traveled by running = 39 yards
Distance Traveled by walking = 75 – 39 = 36 yards

Question 4.
Your coat zipper is 18 inches long. The zipper gets stuck at 11 inches. How much of the zipper will not zip?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 4
_____ inches
Answer:
Length of coat zipper = 18 inches
Length of zipper got stuck = 11 inches
Length of zipper will not zip = 18 – 11 = 7 inches .

Question 5.
Number Sense
The path to school is 181 meters long in all. How long is the missing part of the path?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 5
_______ meters
Answer:
Total path to school = 181 meters
The path from the house to first turn = 74 meters
The path from the first turn to the second turn = 86 meters.
Path from second turn to school is missing = 181 – 74 – 86 = 181 – 160 = 21 meters

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You make a paper chain that is 8 feet long. You add 7 feet of chain to the end. Then 6 feet of the chain breaks off. How long is the chain now?
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 6
_____ feet
Answer:
Length of paper chain = 8 feet
Length of chain added in the end = 7 feet .
Length of chain broken = 6 feet
Total length of the chain now = 8 + 7 – 6 = 15 – 6 = 9 feet .
Explanation :
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.3-Problem-Solving-Missing-Measurement-Think-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life

Show and Grow

Question 6.
You build a tower that is 48 centimeters tall. You add 34 centimeters to the tower height. Your tower breaks and 29 centimeters fall off. How tall is your tower now?
______ centimeters
Answer:
Height of the tower = 48 centimeters
Height added to the tower = 34 centimeters
Total Height of the tower now = 48 + 34 = 82 centimeters .
Height at which tower broken = 29 centimeters
Height of the tower after broken = 82 – 29 = 53 centimeters

Question 7.
A football team is 78 yards away from scoring. They gain 15 yards on the first play and 21 yards on the second play. How far is the team from scoring now?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 7
_______ yards
Answer:
The distance of foot ball team from scoring = 75 yards
Distance gain in first play = 15 yards
Distance gain in second play = 21 yards.
Distance of foot ball team from scoring now = 75 – 15 – 21 = 39 yards .

Problem Solving: Missing Measurement Homework & Practice 12.3

Question 1.
A piece of fabric is 36 inches long. Another piece is 18 inches long. What is the total length of both pieces of fabric?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 8
_____ inches
Answer:
Length of first fabric = 36 inches
Length of second fabric = 18 inches
Total length of both fabrics = 36 + 18 = 54 inches.

Question 2.
A rose is 61 centimeters long. You cut off some of the stem. Now it is 48 centimeters long. How much did you cut off?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 9
______ Centimeters
Answer:
Length of rose = 61 centimeters
Length of rose after chopping stem = 48 centimeters .
Length of chopped stem = 61 – 48 = 13 centimeters .

Question 3.
Number Sense
Newton’s balloon is 18 inches long. Descartes’s balloon is 23 inches long. Your friend’s balloon is 12 inches long. Which sentences are true?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 10
Newton’s balloon is 6 inches longer than your friend’s.
Your friend’s balloon is 11 inches longer than Descartes’s.
Descartes’s balloon is 5 inches longer than Newton’s.
Answer:
Statement 1 is true and Statement 3 is true
Length of Newton’s balloon =18 inches
Length of Descartes’s balloon = 23 inches .
Length of  my Friend’s balloon = 12 inches .
Explanation :
Statement 1 :
Newton balloon and my friends balloon difference in length = 18 – 12 = 6 inches.
It means Newton balloon is 6 inches longer than my friend balloon .
Statement 2 :
Descartes balloon and my friends balloon difference in length= 23 – 12 = 11 inches .
Descartes balloon is 11 inches longer than my friends balloon .
so statement is wrong .
Statement 3 :
Descartes balloon and newtons balloon difference in length = 23 – 18 = 5 inches.
Descartes balloon is 5 inches longer than newton balloon .
Statement is true .

Question 4.
DIG DEEPER!
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 11
Answer:
Equation 3 is true
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Problem-Solving-Missing-Measurement-Homework-Practice-12.3-Question-4

Question 5.
Modeling Real Life
A piece of wood is 16 feet long. You cut off 6 feet, but it is still too long. You cut off 2 more feet. How long is the piece of wood now?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 12
______ feet
Answer:
Length of wood = 16 feet
Length of wood chopped = 6 feet
Length of wood chopped again = 2 feet
Length of wood after chopping = 16 – 6 – 2 = 16 – 8 = 8 feet .

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 13
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Problem-Solving-Missing-Measurement-Homework-Practice-12.3-Question-6

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 14
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Problem-Solving-Missing-Measurement-Homework-Practice-12.3-Question-7
Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.3 15
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Problem-Solving-Missing-Measurement-Homework-Practice-12.3-Question-8

Lesson 12.4 Practice Measurement Problems

Explore and Grow

Newton’s piece of string is 24 centimeters long. He gives Descartes 12 centimeters of the string. How long is the string that Newton has left? Draw a picture and write an equation to solve.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.4 1
______ cm
Answer:
Length of Newton’s peice of string = 24 centimeters
Length of string given to Descartes = 12 centimeters
Length of string left over with Newton = 24 – 12 = 12 centimeters .
24 – 12 = 12 is the equation .

Compare the lengths of string. Is one longer, or are they the same length? Explain.

__________________________
__________________________
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Lesson-12.4-Practice-Measurement-Problems-Explore-Grow
Both the lengths are same
Newton’s length = Descarte’s length = 12 centimeters .

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Your blanket is 66 inches long. Your friend’s blanket is 9 inches longer than yours. How long is your friend’s blanket?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.4 2
So, ? = ______
_____ inches
Answer:
Length of my blanket = 66 inches
Length of my friend’s blanket = 9 inches longer than yours. = 66 + 9 = 75 inches
My friends blanket is 9 inches longer than my blanket .

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
A blue whale is 31 meters long. A humpback whale is 16 meters long. How much longer is the blue whale than the humpback whale?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.4 3
_____ meters
Answer:
Length of blue whale = 31 meters
Length of hump back whale = 16 meters
Differences in the length of blue whale and hump back whale = 31 – 16 = 15 meters.
Length of blue whale is 15 meters longer than hump back whale .

Question 3.
Newton runs 450 meters. Descartes runs 25 meters less than Newton. How far do they run in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.4 4
______ meters
Answer:
Distance traveled by Newtons in running= 450 meters
Distance traveled by Descartes in running= 25 meters less than Newton = 450 – 25 = 425 meters .
Total Distance traveled by Newton and Descartes = 450 + 425 = 875 meters .

Question 4.
Reasoning
Solve the problem below two different ways.
You want to read 100 books during the school year. You read 25 books in the fall and 54 books in the winter. How many books do you still need to read?
______ books
Answer:
Total Number of books to read = 100 books
Number of books read in fall = 25 books
Number of books read in winter = 54 books
Number of books still needed to read = 100 – 25 – 54 = 100 – 79 = 21 books

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A yellow subway train is 18 meters longer than a blue subway train. The yellow subway train is 92 meters long. How long is the blue subway train?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.4 5
Equation:
______ meters
Answer :
Length of yellow subway tarin = 92 meters .
Length of yellow subway train = 18 meters longer than a blue subway train
Length of blue subway train = 92 – 18 = 74

Show and Grow

Question 5.
A brown rabbit hops 24 inches less than a white rabbit. The brown rabbit hops 48 inches. How many inches does the white rabbit hop?
_____ inches
Answer:
Distance traveled by brown rabbit by hopping = 24 inches less than a white rabbit
Distance traveled by brown rabbit = 48 inches .
Distance traveled by white rabbit = 48 + 24 = 72 inches

Question 6.
Your kite string is 47 yards long. You tie 6 yards of string to the end. Now your kite string is 21 yards longer than your friend’s kite string. How long is your friend’s kite string?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.4 6
_______ yards
Answer:
Length of the kite  string = 47 yards
Length attached to kite in the end = 6 yards
Length of my kite string now =47 + 6 = 53 yards
Length of my kite string= 21 yards longer than your friend’s kite string
Length of my friend’s kite string = 53 – 21 = 32 yards .

Practice Measurement Problems Homework & Practice 12.4

Question 1.
A swimming pool is 28 feet long. The pool cover is 32 feet long. How much longer is the pool cover?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.4 7
So, ? = ______
_____ feet
Answer:
Length of swimming pool = 28 feet
Length of pool cover = 32 feet
Difference of length in pool and pool cover = 32 – 28 = 4 feet
So, the pool cover is 4 feet longer than pool

Question 2.
Writing
Write and solve a word problem about the colored pencils.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.4 8
Answer:
Which color pencil is longer and how much centimetres it is longer from shorter pencil ?
Explanation :
The length of green pencil = 8 cm
The length of red pencil = 11 cm
The length of blue pencil = 15 cm
green pencil is the shorter pencil
Blue pencil is the longer pencil
Differences in the lengths of blue and green pencils = 15 – 8 = 7 cms
The blue pencil is 7 cms longer than green pencil .

Question 3.
Modeling Real Life
You cast out your fishing line 14 yards less than your friend. Your friend casts out her line 33 yards. How many yards do you cast out your fishing line?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.4 9
______ yards
Answer:
length of my friend’s fishing line = 33 yards
length of my fishing line= 14 yards less than my friend’s
Length of my fishing line= 33 – 14 = 19 yards

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
Your nightstand is 24 inches tall. You put a 20-inch lamp on it. Now your nightstand and lamp are 19 inches taller than your bed. How tall is your bed?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 12.4 10
______ inches
Answer:
Height of my nightstand = 24 inches
Height of the lamp = 20 inch
Height of nightstand and lamp = 24 + 20 = 42 inches.
Height of bed = nightstand and lamp are 19 inches taller than your bed.
Height of bed = 42 – 19 = 23 inches .

Review & Refresh

Question 5.
Write the number in expanded form and word form.
645
______ + ____ + ______ _________
Answer:
645 = 600 + 40 + 5
Explanation :
Six hundred and forty five represents six hundreds plus four tens and five ones
When numbers are separated into individual place values and decimal places is called expanded form

Question 6.
Write the number in standard form and word form.
800 + 60 + 2
_____ _______________________
Answer:
862
Explanation:
eight hundred and sixty two = 8 hundreds plus 6 tens and 2ones .
When numbers are separated into individual place values and decimal places is called expanded form

Solve Length Problems Performance Task

Question 1.
A recorder is 1 foot long. A clarinet is 24 inches long. Which instrument is longer? How much longer is the instrument?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 2
Recorder Clarinet
_____ inches
Answer:
Length of the Recorder = 1 foot = 12 inches
Length of the clarinet = 24 inches
Clarinet is longer
Difference in the length of clarinet and Recorder = 24 – 12 = 12 inches .
Clarinet is 12 inches longer than Recorder .

Question 2.
A piano has 27 more keys than a keyboard. There are 52 white keys and 36 black keys on a piano.
a. How many keys are on the keyboard?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 3
_____ keys
Answer :
Number of white keys on piano = 52
Number of black keys on piano = 36
Total Number of keys on piano = 52 + 36 = 88 keys
piano has 27 more keys than a keyboard
Number of keys on key board = 88 – 27 = 61 keys .

b. The number of black keys on the piano is equal to the number of white keys on the keyboard. How many black keys are on the keyboard?
______ black keys
Answer:
Number of black keys on piano = 36 = number of white keys on keyboard
Number of black keys on keyboard = 61 – 36 = 25 keys .

Question 3.
A drum set has drums and cymbals on stands.
a. The cymbals are 77 centimeters from the ground. You raise the stand 18 centimeters. The cymbals are now 23 centimeters higher than one of the drums. What is the height of the drum?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 4
_______ centimeters
Answer :
Length of cymbals from ground = 77 centimeters .
Length of the stand = 18 centimeters .
Length of cymbals now = 77 + 18 = 95 centimeters
cymbals are now 23 centimeters higher than one of the drums.
Height of the drums = 95 – 23 =72 centimeters .

b. Another drum is 60 centimeters from the ground. You raise it 12 centimeters. Are both drums the same height?
Yes No
Answer:
Height of the drum = 60 centimeters
Height of the drum raised = 12 centimeters.
Height of the drum now = 60 + 12 = 72 centimeters .
Both the drums are at equal heights of 72 centimeters
Yes, both drums have the same height .

Solve Length Problems Activity

Draw and Cover
To Play: Players take turns. On your turn, pick a Draw and Cover Card and solve. Then cover the sea turtle that has the answer. Continue playing until all sea turtles are covered.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems 5

Solve Length Problems Chapter Practice

12.1 Use a Number Line to Add and Subtract Lengths

Question 1.
You throw a ball 12 yards. Your friend throws it back 8 yards. How far is the ball from you now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems chp 1
Answer:
Distance traveled by ball when thrown by me= 12 yards
Distance traveled by my friend after throwing = – 8 yards. ( – represents back direction )
Distance of ball far from me  = 12 – 8 = 4 yards.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems- Solve-Length-Problems-Chapter-Practice-12.1-Use-Number-Line-Add-Subtract-Lengths-Question-1
Explanation:
Draw an arrow from 0 to 12 to represent 12. Then draw an arrow 4 units to the left representing subtracting 4.
So, 12 – 8 = 4 yards .

12.2 Problem Solving: Length

Question 2.
Your cat’s first collar was 6 inches long. Now your cat has a collar that is 13 inches long. Your puppy’s collar is 11 inches long. How much longer is your cat’s collar now?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems chp 2
Answer:
Length of cat first collar = 6 inches
Length of cat collar now  = 13 inches .
Difference in cat collar now and first collar = 13 – 6 = 7 inches
Cat collar is 7 inches longer than first collar
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems- Solve-Length-Problems-Chapter-Practice-12.2-Problem-Solving-Length-Question-2

12.3 Problem Solving: Missing Measurement

Question 3.
You must be 54 inches tall to ride a roller coaster. At 8 years old, you were 48 inches tall. You grow 3 inches the next year. How much more do you still need to grow to be able to ride the roller coaster?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems chp 3
______ inches
Answer:
Required Height to ride a aroller coaster = 54
My Height at the age of 8 yaers = 48 inches.
Next year my height = 48 + 3 = 51 inches.
Height required more for me to ride a roller coaster = 51 – 48 = 3 inches

Question 4.
Number Sense
A car tire is 61 centimeters tall. A truck tire is 84 centimeters tall. A monster truck tire is167 centimeters tall. Which sentences are true?
The car tire is 23 centimeters taller than the truck tire.
The truck tire is 83 centimeters shorter than the monster truck tire.
The monster truck tire is 106 centimeters taller than the car tire.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems chp 4
Answer:
Statements 2 and 3 are true .
Length of car tire = 61 centimeters
Length of truck tire = 84 centimeters
Length of monster truck = 167 centimeters
Explanation:
Statement 1:
Car tire and truck tire difference in lengths = 84 – 61 = 23 centimeters
Truck tire is 23 centimeters  longer than car tire
Statement is false
Statement 2 :
Truck tire and monster tire lengths differences = 167 – 84 = 83 centimeters
The truck tire is 83 centimeters shorter than the monster truck tire.
Statement is true .
Statement 3 :
Monster truck and car tire lengths differences = 167 – 61 = 106 centimeters
The monster truck tire is 106 centimeters taller than the car tire.
Statement is true .

12.4 Practice Measurement Problems

Question 5.
A kangaroo jumps 24 feet. A frog jumps 19 feet less than the kangaroo. How far does the frog jump?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems chp 6
______ feet
Answer:
Height of kangaroo jump = 24 feet
Height of frog jump = 19 feet less than the kangaroo. = 24 – 19 = 5 feet

Question 6.
A store owner wants to add on to the parking lot to make it 38 meters long. It is currently 21 meters long. How many meters does the store owner want to add?
_____ meters
Answer:
Length of parking after adding parking = 38 meters
Current length = 21 meters
Increase in the length = 38 – 21 = 17 meters .

Solve Length Problems Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
Which expressions have a sum less than 12?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems cp 1
Answer:
Expressions : 5 + 3 , 1 +0 and 4 +6
Explanation :
5 + 3 = 8
4 + 6 = 10
1 + 0 = 1
7 + 8 = 15

Question 2.
Find each difference.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems cp 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Solve-Length-Problems-Cumulative-Practice-Question-2

Question 3.
A blue sailboat is 44 feet long. A white sailboat is 36 feet long. A green sailboat is 22 feet long. Which sentences are true?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems cp 3
Answer:
Statement 2 and 3 are true .
Length of blue sail boat = 44 feet
Length of white sail boat = 36 feet
Length of green sail boat = 22 feet
Explanation:
Statement 1 :
Difference of blue and green sail boat = 44 – 22 = 22 feet
The blue sail boat is 22 feet longer than green boat .
Statement 1 is wrong .
Statement 2 :
Difference of white and green sail boat = 36 – 22 = 14 feet.
The green sail boat is 14 feet shorter than white sail boat .
Statement 2 is true .
Statement 3 :
Difference of blue and green sail boat = 44 – 22 = 22 feet
The green sail boat is 22 feet shorter than blue boat .
Statement 3 is true .
Statement 4 :
Difference of blue and white sail boat = 44 – 36 = 8 feet
The blue sail boat is 8 feet longer than white sail boat .
Statement 4 is wrong .

Question 4.
What is the value of the underlined digit?
739
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems cp 4
Answer:
3 tens

Question 5.
Use mental math to solve.
403 – 10 = ______
898 – 100 = _____
640 – 10 = ______
204 – 10 = ______
843 – _____ = 833
_______ – 100 = 731
Answer:
403 – 10 = 393
898 – 100 = 798
640 – 10 = 630
204 – 10 = 194
843 – 10 = 833
831- 100 = 731

Question 6.
The cracker is about 2 inches long. What is the best estimate of the length of the cracker box?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems cp 6
Answer:
Length of cracker = 2 inches
The best estimate of the length of the cracker box = 3 inches

Question 7.
You take 14 pictures on Friday. You take 20 more on Saturday. Your friend takes 34 pictures in all on Friday and Saturday. How many pictures did you and your friend take in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems cp 7
Answer:
Number of pictures taken on Friday by me= 14 pictures
Number of pictures taken on Saturday by me= 20 more on Saturday = 20 pictures
Number of pictures taken by friend on Friday and Saturday = 34 pictures
Total Number of pictures taken by me and my friend = 14 + 20 + 34 = 68 pictures

Question 8.
Which expressions are equal to 245 + 386?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems cp 8
Answer:
245 + 386 = 631
Expression  are 631 and 200 + 300 + 40 + 80+ 5 + 6
Explanation :
631
500 + 130 + 11 = 630 + 11 = 641
200 + 300 + 40 + 80+ 5 + 6 = 500+120+11 = 620 +11 = 631
500 + 120 + 5 = 625

Question 9.
Newton runs 7 yards, takes a break, and runs 3 more yards. Which number line shows how many yards Newton runs?
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems cp 9
Answer:
Distance traveled by Newton =7 yards
Distance traveled by newton after break = 3 yards
Total Distance Traveled by Newton = 7 + 3 = 10 yards
Picture 4 represents correct .
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Solve-Length-Problems-Cumulative-Practice-Question-9
Explanation :
in picture 4 the distance traveled by newton will be shown where the arrow ends at 10 .

Question 10
Find the sum.
Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems cp 10
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Solve-Length-Problems-Solve-Length-Problems-Cumulative-Practice-Question-10

Question 11.
Find each difference.
80 – 53 = ?
79 – 13 = ?
90 – 32 = ?
64 – 40 = ?
Answer:
80 – 53 = 27
79 – 13 = 66
90 – 32 = 58
64 – 40 = 24

Question 12.
Complete the sentences using centimeters or meters.
A teacher’s desk is about 2 ________ long.
A paper clip is about 8 ________ long.
A carrot is about 12 _________ long.
A boat is about 20 _______ long.
Answer:
A teacher’s desk is about 2 meters long.
A paper clip is about 8 centimeters long.
A carrot is about 12 centimeters long.
A boat is about 20 meters long.

Final Words:

We wish that the data mentioned here about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems are helpful for the students. You can complete the homework and assignments easily by downloading Big Ideas Math Book Grade 2 Chapter 12 Solve Length Problems Answer Key PDF. If you have any doubts, then please leave a comment below. Bookmark our site to get the solutions for other chapters of grade 2.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers

Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers

Are you in need of a perfect guide for solving all the questions during homework or assignments? Then, Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers is the right one to practice and understand the concepts easily. Don’t worry about scoring marks in the examinations as this BIM Algebra 2 Ch 3 Solution Key helps students to excel in maths and improve math skills.

After practicing from the BigIdeas Math Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations & Complex Numbers Answer Book, you can easily understand the concepts and score good grades in the exams. Check out the rest of the article and find more details about Ch 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers.  

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers

Download the Topic-wise BigIdeas math book textbook solutions of algebra 2 ch 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers pdf for free of charge and practice well at any time and anywhere you wish. Once you start preparing the concepts of chapter 3 from BIM Textbook Solution Key, you can stand out from the crowd and become a topper in the class. Just tap on the available links below and Download Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 2 Ch 3 Answers Key freely. These solutions of BIM Algebra 2 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers are prepared by the subject experts according to the guidelines of the Common core standards. 

Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt{27}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
–\(\sqrt{112}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\sqrt{\frac{11}{64}}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\sqrt{\frac{147}{100}}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\sqrt{\frac{18}{49}}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
–\(\sqrt{\frac{65}{121}}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
–\(\sqrt{80}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\sqrt{32}\)
Answer:

Factor the polynomial.
Question 9.
x2 − 36
Answer:

Question 10.
x2 − 9
Answer:

Question 11.
4x2 − 25
Answer:

Question 12.
x2 − 22x + 121
Answer:

Question 13.
x2 + 28x + 196
Answer:

Question 14.
49x2 + 210x + 225
Answer:

Question 15.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Determine the possible integer values of a and c for which the trinomial ax2+ 8x+c is factorable using the Perfect Square Trinomial Pattern. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students recognize the limitations of technology

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Explain why the second viewing window in Example 1 shows gaps between the upper and lower semicircles, but the third viewing window does not show gaps.
Answer:

Use a graphing calculator to draw an accurate graph of the equation. Explain your choice of viewing window.
Question 2.
y = \(\sqrt{x^{2}-1.5}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
y = \(\sqrt{x-2.5}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
x2 + y2= 12.25
Answer:

Question 5.
x2 + y2 = 20.25
Answer:

Question 6.
x2 + 4y2 = 12.25
Answer:

Question 7.
4x2 + y2 = 20.25
Answer:

Lesson 3.1 Solving Quadratic Equations

Essential Question How can you use the graph of a quadratic equation to determine the number of real solutions of the equation?

EXPLORATION 1

Matching a Quadratic Function with Its Graph
Work with a partner. Match each quadratic function with its graph. Explain your reasoning. Determine the number of x-intercepts of the graph.
a. f(x) = x2 − 2x
b. f(x) = x2 − 2x + 1
c. f(x) = x2 − 2x + 2
d. f(x) = −x2 + 2x
e. f(x) = −x2 + 2x − 1
f. f(x) = −x2 + 2x − 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 1

EXPLORATION 2

Solving Quadratic Equations
Work with a partner. Use the results of Exploration 1 to find the real solutions (if any) of each quadratic equation.
a. x2 − 2x = 0
b. x2 − 2x + 1 = 0
c. x2 − 2x + 2 = 0
d. −x2 + 2x = 0
e. −x2 + 2x − 1 = 0
f. −x2 + 2x − 2 = 0

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use the graph of a quadratic equation to determine the number of real solutions of the equation?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 2.1
Answer:

Question 4.
How many real solutions does the quadratic equation x2 + 3x + 2 = 0 have? How do you know? What are the solutions?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation by graphing.
Question 1.
x2 − 8x + 12 = 0
Answer:

Question 2.
4x2 − 12x + 9 = 0
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 = 6x − 20
Answer:

Solve the equation using square roots.
Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)x2 + 14 = 20
Answer:

Question 5.
−2x2 + 1 = −6
Answer:

Question 6.
2(x − 4)2 = −5
Answer:

Solve the equation by factoring.
Question 7.
x2 + 12x + 35 = 0
Answer:

Question 8.
3x2 − 5x = 2
Answer:

Find the zero(s) of the function.
Question 9.
f(x) = x2 − 8x
Answer:

Question 10.
f(x) = 4x2 + 28x + 49
Answer:

Question 11.
WHAT IF?
The magazine initially charges $21 per annual subscription. How much should the magazine charge to maximize annual revenue? What is the maximum annual revenue?
Answer:

Question 12.
WHAT IF?
The egg container is dropped from a height of 80 feet. How does this change your answers in parts (a) and (b)?
Answer:

Solving Quadratic Equations 3.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
WRITING
Explain how to use graphing to find the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 2

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–12, solve the equation by graphing.
Question 3.
x2 + 3x + 2 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 3

Question 4.
−x2 + 2x + 3 = 0
Answer:

Question 5.
y = x2 − 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 5

Question 6.
−8 = −x2 − 4
Answer:

Question 7.
8x = −4 − 4x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 7

Question 8.
3x2 = 6x − 3
Answer:

Question 9.
7 = −x2 − 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 9

Question 10.
2x = x2 + 2
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{5}\)x2 + 6 = 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 11

Question 12.
3x = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x2 + 5
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, solve the equation using square roots.
Question 13.
s2 = 144
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 13

Question 14.
a2 = 81
Answer:

Question 15.
(z − 6)2 = 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 15

Question 16.
(p − 4)2 = 49
Answer:

Question 17.
4(x − 1)2 + 2 = 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 17

Question 18.
2(x + 2)2 − 5 = 8
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)r2 − 10 = \(\frac{3}{2}\)r2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 19

Question 20.
\(\frac{1}{5}\)x2 + 2 = \(\frac{3}{5}\)x2
Answer:

Question 21.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Which equations have roots that are equivalent to the x-intercepts of the graph shown?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 3
A. −x2 − 6x − 8 = 0
B. 0 = (x + 2)(x + 4)
C. 0 = −(x + 2)2 + 4
D. 2x2 − 4x − 6 = 0
E. 4(x + 3)2 − 4 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 21

Question 22.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Which graph has x-intercepts that are equivalent to the roots of the equation (x − \(\frac{3}{2}\))2 = \(\frac{25}{4}\)? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 4
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 23 and 24, describe and correct the error in solving the equation.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 6
Answer:

Question 25.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an equation of the form x2 = d that has (a) two real solutions, (b) one real solution, and (c) no real solution.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 25

Question 26.
ANALYZING EQUATIONS
Which equation has one real solution? Explain.
A. 3x2 + 4 = −2(x2 + 8)
B. 5x2 − 4 = x2 − 4
C. 2(x + 3)2 = 18
D. \(\frac{3}{2}\)x2 − 5 = 19
Answer:

In Exercises 27–34, solve the equation by factoring.
Question 27.
0 = x2 + 6x + 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 27

Question 28.
0 = z2 − 10z + 25
Answer:

Question 29.
x2 − 8x = −12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 29

Question 30.
x2 − 11x = −30
Answer:

Question 31.
n2 − 6n = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 31

Question 32.
a2 − 49 = 0
Answer:

Question 33.
2w2 − 16w = 12w − 48
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 33

Question 34.
−y + 28 + y2 = 2y + 2y2
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 35–38, find the value of x.
Question 35.
Area of rectangle = 36
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 35

Question 36.
Area of circle = 25π
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 8
Answer:

Question 37.
Area of triangle = 42
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 37

Question 38.
Area of trapezoid = 32
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 10
Answer:

In Exercises 39–46, solve the equation using any method. Explain your reasoning.
Question 39.
u2 = −9u
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 39

Question 40.
\(\frac{t^{2}}{20}\) + 8 = 15
Answer:

Question 41.
−(x + 9)2 = 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 41

Question 42.
−2(x + 2)2 = 5
Answer:

Question 43.
7(x − 4)2 − 18 = 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 43

Question 44.
t2 + 8t + 16 = 0
Answer:

Question 45.
x2 + 3x + \(\frac{5}{4}\) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 45

Question 46.
x2 − 1.75 = 0.5
Answer:

In Exercises 47–54, find the zero(s) of the function.
Question 47.
g(x) = x2 + 6x + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 47

Question 48.
f(x) = x2 − 8x + 16
Answer:

Question 49.
h(x) = x2 + 7x − 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 49

Question 50.
g(x) = x2 + 11x
Answer:

Question 51.
f(x) = 2x2 − 2x − 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 51

Question 52.
f(x) = 4x2 − 12x + 9
Answer:

Question 53.
g(x) = x2 + 22x + 121
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 53

Question 54.
h(x) = x2 + 19x + 84
Answer:

Question 55.
REASONING
Write a quadratic function in the form f(x) = x2 + bx + c that has zeros 8 and 11.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 55

Question 56.
NUMBER SENSE
Write a quadratic equation in standard form that has roots equidistant from 10 on the number line.
Answer:

Question 57.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A restaurant sells 330 sandwiches each day. For each $0.25 decrease in price, the restaurant sells about 15 more sandwiches. How much should the restaurant charge to maximize daily revenue? What is the maximum daily revenue?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 57

Question 58.
PROBLEM SOLVING
An athletic store sells about 200 pairs of basketball shoes per month when it charges $120 per pair. For each $2 increase in price, the store sells two fewer pairs of shoes. How much should the store charge to maximize monthly revenue? What is the maximum monthly revenue?
Answer:

Question 59.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Niagara Falls is made up of three waterfalls. The height of the Canadian Horseshoe Falls is about 188 feet above the lower Niagara River. A log falls from the top of Horseshoe Falls.
a. Write a function that gives the height h (in feet) of the log after t seconds. How long does the log take to reach the river?
b. Find and interpret h(2) − h(3).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 59

Question 60.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
According to legend, in 1589, the Italian scientist Galileo Galilei dropped rocks of different weights from the top of the Leaning Tower of Pisa to prove his conjecture that the rocks would hit the ground at the same time. The height h (in feet) of a rock after t seconds can be modeled by h(t) = 196 − 16t2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 12
a. Find and interpret the zeros of the function. Then use the zeros to sketch the graph.
b. What do the domain and range of the function represent in this situation?
Answer:

Question 61.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You make a rectangular quilt that is 5 feet by 4 feet. You use the remaining 10 square feet of fabric to add a border of uniform width to the quilt. What is the width of the border?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 61

Question 62.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You drop a seashell into the ocean from a height of 40 feet. Write an equation that models the height h (in feet) of the seashell above the water after t seconds. How long is the seashell in the air?
Answer:

Question 63.
WRITING
The equation h = 0.019s2 models the height h (in feet) of the largest ocean waves when the wind speed is s knots. Compare the wind speeds required to generate 5-foot waves and 20-foot waves.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 63

Question 64.
CRITICAL THINKING
Write and solve an equation to find two consecutive odd integers whose product is 143.
Answer:

Question 65.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
A quadrilateral is divided into two right triangles as shown in the figure. What is the length of each side of the quadrilateral?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 65

Question 66.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Suppose the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has no real solution and a graph of the related function has a vertex that lies in the second quadrant.
a. Is the value of a positive or negative? Explain your reasoning.
b. Suppose the graph is translated so the vertex is in the fourth quadrant. Does the graph have any x-intercepts? Explain.
Answer:

Question 67.
REASONING
When an object is dropped on any planet, its height h (in feet) after t seconds can be modeled by the function h = −\(\frac{g}{2}\)t2 + h0, where h0 is the object’s initial height and g is the planet’s acceleration due to gravity. Suppose a rock is dropped from the same initial height on the three planets shown. Make a conjecture about which rock will hit the ground first. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 67

Question 68.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A café has an outdoor, rectangular patio. The owner wants to add 329 square feet to the area of the patio by expanding the existing patio as shown. Write and solve an equation to find the value of x. By what distance should the patio be extended?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 17
Answer:

Question 69.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A flea can jump very long distances. The path of the jump of a flea can be modeled by the graph of the function y = −0.189x2 + 2.462x, where x is the horizontal distance (in inches) and y is the vertical distance (in inches). Graph the function. Identify the vertex and zeros and interpret their meanings in this situation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 69.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 69.2

Question 70.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
An artist is painting a mural and drops a paintbrush. The graph represents the height h (in feet) of the paintbrush after t seconds.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 18
a. What is the initial height of the paintbrush?
b. How long does it take the paintbrush to reach the ground? Explain.
Answer:

Question 71.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims the equation x2 + 7x =−49 can be solved by factoring and has a solution of x = 7. You solve the equation by graphing the related function and claim there is no solution. Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 71

Question 72.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Factor the expressions x2 − 4 and x2 − 9. Recall that an expression in this form is called a difference of two squares. Use your answers to factor the expression x2 − a2. Graph the related function y = x2 − a2. Label the vertex, x-intercepts, and axis of symmetry.
Answer:

Question 73.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
Consider the expression x2 + a2, where a > 0.
a. You want to rewrite the expression as (x + m)(x + n). Write two equations that m and n must satisfy.
b. Use the equations you wrote in part (a) to solve for m and n. What can you conclude?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 73

Question 74.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
You are redesigning a rectangular raft. The raft is 6 feet long and 4 feet wide. You want to double the area of the raft by adding to the existing design. Draw a diagram of the new raft. Write and solve an equation you can use to find the dimensions of the new raft.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 19
Answer:

Question 75.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A high school wants to double the size of its parking lot by expanding the existing lot as shown. By what distance x should the lot be expanded?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 75

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the sum or difference.
Question 76.
(x2 + 2) + (2x2 − x)
Answer:

Question 77.
(x3 + x2 − 4) + (3x2 + 10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 77

Question 78.
(−2x + 1) − (−3x2 + x)
Answer:

Question 79.
(−3x3 + x2 − 12x) − (−6x2 + 3x − 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 79

Find the product.
Question 80.
(x + 2)(x − 2)
Answer:

Question 81.
2x(3 − x + 5x2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 81

Question 82.
(7 − x)(x − 1)
Answer:

Question 83.
11x(−4x2 + 3x + 8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answer Key Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1 a 83

Lesson 3.2 Complex Numbers

Essential Question What are the subsets of the set of complex numbers?
In your study of mathematics, you have probably worked with only real numbers, which can be represented graphically on the real number line. In this lesson, the system of numbers is expanded to include imaginary numbers. The real numbers and imaginary numbers compose the set of complex numbers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 1

EXPLORATION 1

Classifying Numbers
Work with a partner. Determine which subsets of the set of complex numbers contain each number.
a. \(\sqrt{9}\)
b. \(\sqrt{0}\)
c. −\(\sqrt{4}\)
d. \(\sqrt{\frac{4}{9}}\)
e. \(\sqrt{2}\)
f. \(\sqrt{-1}\)

EXPLORATION 2

Complex Solutions of Quadratic Equations
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 2
Work with a partner. Use the definition of the imaginary unit i to match each quadratic equation with its complex solution. Justify your answers.
a. x2 − 4 = 0
b. x2 + 1 = 0
c. x2 − 1 = 0
d. x2 + 4 = 0
e. x2 − 9 = 0
f. x2 + 9 = 0
A. i
B. 3i
C. 3
D. 2i
E. 1
F. 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are the subsets of the set of complex numbers? Give an example of a number in each subset.
Answer:

Question 4.
Is it possible for a number to be both whole and natural? natural and rational? rational and irrational? real and imaginary? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Find the square root of the number.
Question 1.
\(\sqrt{-4}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\sqrt{-12}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
−\(\sqrt{-36}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
2\(\sqrt{-54}\)
Answer:

Find the values of x and y that satisfy the equation.
Question 5.
x + 3i = 9 − yi
Answer:

Question 6.
9 + 4yi = −2x + 3i
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
In Example 4, what is the impedance of the circuit when the capacitor is replaced with one having a reactance of 7 ohms?
Answer:

Perform the operation. Write the answer in standard form.
Question 8.
(9 − i ) + (−6 + 7i )
Answer:

Question 9.
(3 + 7i ) − (8 − 2i )
Answer:

Question 10.
−4 − (1 + i) − (5 + 9i)
Answer:

Question 11.
(−3i)(10i)
Answer:

Question 12.
i(8 − i)
Answer:

Question 13.
(3 + i)(5 −i)
Answer:

Solve the equation.
Question 14.
x2 = −13
Answer:

Question 15.
x2= −38
Answer:

Question 16.
x2 + 11 = 3
Answer:

Question 17.
x2 − 8 = −36
Answer:

Question 18.
3x2 − 7 = −31
Answer:

Question 19.
5x2 + 33 = 3
Answer:

Find the zeros of the function.
Question 20.
f(x) = x2 + 7
Answer:

Question 21.
f(x) = −x2 − 4
Answer:

Question 22.
f(x) = 9x2 + 1
Answer:

Complex Numbers 3.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is the imaginary unit i defined as and how can you use i?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
For the complex number 5 + 2i, the imaginary part is ____ and the real part is ____.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Describe how to add complex numbers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which number does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, find the square root of the number.
Question 5.
\(\sqrt{-36}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 5

Question 6.
\(\sqrt{-64}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\sqrt{-18}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 7

Question 8.
\(\sqrt{-24}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
2\(\sqrt{-16}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 9

Question 10.
−3\(\sqrt{-49}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
−4\(\sqrt{-32}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 11

Question 12.
6\(\sqrt{-63}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, find the values of x and y that satisfy the equation.
Question 13.
4x + 2i = 8 + yi
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 13

Question 14.
3x + 6i = 27 + yi
Answer:

Question 15.
−10x + 12i = 20 + 3yi
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 15

Question 16.
9x − 18i = −36 + 6yi
Answer:

Question 17.
2x − yi = 14 + 12i
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 17

Question 18.
−12x + yi = 60 − 13i
Answer:

Question 19.
54 − \(\frac{1}{7}\)yi = 9x− 4i
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 19

Question 20.
15 − 3yi = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2i
Answer:

In Exercises 21–30, add or subtract. Write the answer in standard form.
Question 21.
(6 − i) + (7 + 3i)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 21

Question 22.
(9 + 5i) + (11 + 2i )
Answer:

Question 23.
(12 + 4i) − (3 − 7i)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 23

Question 24.
(2 − 15i) − (4 + 5i)
Answer:

Question 25.
(12 − 3i) + (7 + 3i)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 25

Question 26.
(16 − 9i) − (2 − 9i)
Answer:

Question 27.
7 − (3 + 4i) + 6i
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 27

Question 28.
16 − (2 − 3i) − i
Answer:

Question 29.
−10 + (6 − 5i) − 9i
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 29

Question 30.
−3 + (8 + 2i) + 7i
Answer:

Question 31.
USING STRUCTURE
Write each expression as a complex number in standard form.
a. \(\sqrt{-9}+\sqrt{-4}-\sqrt{16}\)
b. \(\sqrt{-16}+\sqrt{8}+\sqrt{-36}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 31

Question 32.
REASONING
The additive inverse of a complex number z is a complex number za such that z + za = 0. Find the additive inverse of each complex number.
a. z = 1 + i
b. z = 3 − i
c. z = −2 + 8i
Answer:

In Exercises 33–36, find the impedance of the series circuit.
Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 33

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 35

In Exercises 37–44, multiply. Write the answer in standard form.
Question 37.
3i(−5 + i)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 37

Question 38.
2i(7 − i)
Answer:

Question 39.
(3 − 2i)(4 + i)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 39

Question 40.
(7 + 5i)(8 − 6i)
Answer:

Question 41.
(4 − 2i)(4 + 2i)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 41

Question 42.
(9 + 5i)(9 − 5i)
Answer:

Question 43.
(3 − 6i)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 43

Question 44.
(8 + 3i)2
Answer:

JUSTIFYING STEPS In Exercises 45 and 46, justify each step in performing the operation.
Question 45.
11 − (4 + 3i) + 5i
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 45

Question 46.
(3 + 2i)(7 − 4i)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 7
Answer:

REASONING In Exercises 47 and 48, place the tiles in the expression to make a true statement.
Question 47.
(____ − ____i) – (____ − ____i ) = 2 − 4i
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 47

Question 48.
____i(____ + ____i ) = −18 − 10i
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 9
Answer:

In Exercises 49–54, solve the equation. Check your solution(s).
Question 49.
x2 + 9 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 49

Question 50.
x2 + 49 = 0
Answer:

Question 51.
x2 − 4 = −11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 51

Question 52.
x2 − 9 = −15
Answer:

Question 53.
2x2 + 6 = −34
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 53

Question 54.
x2 + 7 = −47
Answer:

In Exercises 55–62, find the zeros of the function.
Question 55.
f(x) = 3x2 + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 55

Question 56.
g(x) = 7x2 + 21
Answer:

Question 57.
h(x) = 2x2 + 72
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 57

Question 58.
k(x) = −5x2 − 125
Answer:

Question 59.
m(x) = −x2 − 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 59

Question 60.
p(x) = x2 + 98
Answer:

Question 61.
r(x) = − \(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 − 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 61

Question 62.
f(x) = −\(\frac{1}{5}\)x2 − 10
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 63 and 64, describe and correct the error in performing the operation and writing the answer in standard form.
Question 63.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 63

Question 64.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 11
Answer:

Question 65.
NUMBER SENSE
Simplify each expression. Then classify your results in the table below.
a. (−4 + 7i) + (−4 − 7i)
b. (2 − 6i) − (−10 + 4i)
c. (25 + 15i) − (25 − 6i)
d. (5 + i)(8 − i)
e. (17 − 3i) + (−17 − 6i)
f. (−1 + 2i)(11 − i)
g. (7 + 5i) + (7 − 5i)
h. (−3 + 6i) − (−3 − 8i)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 65

Question 66.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
The Product Property ofSquare Roots states \(\sqrt{a}\) • \(\sqrt{b}\) = \(\sqrt{ab}\) . Your friend concludes \(\sqrt{-4}\) • \(\sqrt{-9}\) = \(\sqrt{36}\) = 6. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 67.
FINDING A PATTERN
Make a table that shows the powers of i from i1 to i8 in the first row and the simplified forms of these powers in the second row. Describe the pattern you observe in the table. Verify the pattern continues by evaluating the next four powers of i.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 67

Question 68.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graphs of three functions are shown. Which function(s) has real zeros? imaginary zeros? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 13
Answer:

In Exercises 69–74, write the expression as a complex number in standard form.
Question 69.
(3 + 4i) − (7 − 5i) + 2i(9 + 12i)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 69

Question 70.
3i(2 + 5i) + (6 − 7i) − (9 + i)
Answer:

Question 71.
(3 + 5i)(2 − 7i4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 71

Question 72.
2i3(5 − 12i )
Answer:

Question 73.
(2 + 4i5) + (1 − 9i6) − (3 +i7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 73

Question 74.
(8 − 2i4) + (3 − 7i8) − (4 + i9)
Answer:

Question 75.
OPEN-ENDED
Find two imaginary numbers whose sum and product are real numbers. How are the imaginary numbers related?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 75

Question 76.
COMPARING METHODS
Describe the two different methods shown for writing the complex expression in standard form. Which method do you prefer? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 14
Answer:

Question 77.
CRITICAL THINKING
Determine whether each statement is true or false. If it is true, give an example. If it is false, give a counterexample.
a. The sum of two imaginary numbers is an imaginary number.
b. The product of two pure imaginary numbers is a real number.
c. A pure imaginary number is an imaginary number.
d. A complex number is a real number.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 77

Question 78.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Create a circuit that has an impedance of 14 − 3i.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine whether the given value of x is a solution to the equation.
Question 79.
3(x − 2) + 4x − 1 = x − 1; x = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 79

Question 80.
x3 − 6 = 2x2 + 9 − 3x; x = −5
Answer:

Question 81.
−x2 + 4x = 19 — 3x2; x = −\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 81

Write a quadratic function in vertex form whose graph is shown.
Question 82.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 15
Answer:

Question 83.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 a 83

Question 84.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Answers Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.2 17
Answer:

Lesson 3.3 Completing the Square

Essential Question How can you complete the square for a quadratic expression?

EXPLORATION 1

Using Algebra Tiles to Complete the Square
Work with a partner. Use algebra tiles to complete the square for the expression x2 + 6x.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 1
a. You can model x2 + 6x using one x2-tile and six x-tiles. Arrange the tiles in a square. Your arrangement will be incomplete in one of the corners.
b. How many 1-tiles do you need to complete the square?
c. Find the value of c so that the expression x2 + 6x + c is a perfect square trinomial.
d. Write the expression in part (c) as the square of a binomial.

EXPLORATION 2

Drawing Conclusions
Work with a partner.
a. Use the method outlined in Exploration 1 to complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 2
b. Look for patterns in the last column of the table. Consider the general statement x2 + bx + c = (x + d)2. How are d and b related in each case? How are c and d related in each case?
c. How can you obtain the values in the second column directly from the coefficients of x in the first column?

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you complete the square for a quadratic expression?
Answer:

Question 4.
Describe how you can solve the quadratic equation x2 + 6x = 1 by completing the square.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation using square roots. Check your solution(s).
Question 1.
x2 + 4x + 4 = 36
Answer:

Question 2.
x2 − 6x + 9 = 1
Answer:

Question 3.
x2 − 22x + 121 = 81
Answer:

Find the value of c that makes the expression a perfect square trinomial. Then write the expression as the square of a binomial.
Question 4.
x2 + 8x + c
Answer:

Question 5.
x2 − 2x + c
Answer:

Question 6.
x2 − 9x + c
Answer:

Solve the equation by completing the square.
Question 7.
x2 − 4x + 8 = 0
Answer:

Question 8.
x2 + 8x − 5 = 0
Answer:

Question 9.
−3x2 − 18x − 6 = 0
Answer:

Question 10.
4x2 + 32x = −68
Answer:

Question 11.
6x(x + 2) = −42
Answer:

Question 12.
2x(x − 2) = 200
Answer:

Write the quadratic function in vertex form. Then identify the vertex.
Question 13.
y = x2 − 8x + 18
Answer:

Question 14.
y = x2 + 6x + 4
Answer:

Question 15.
y = x2 − 2x − 6
Answer:

Question 16.
WHAT IF?
The height of the baseball can be modeled by y = −16t2 + 80t + 2. Find the maximum height of the baseball. How long does the ball take to hit the ground?
Answer:

Completing the Square 3.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What must you add to the expression x2 + bx to complete the square?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The trinomial x2 − 6x + 9 is a ____ because it equals ____.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, solve the equation using square roots. Check your solution(s).
Question 3.
x2 − 8x + 16 = 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 3

Question 4.
r2 − 10r + 25 = 1
Answer:

Question 5.
x2 − 18x + 81 = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 5

Question 6.
m2 + 8m + 16 = 45
Answer:

Question 7.
y2 − 24y + 144 = −100
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 7

Question 8.
x2 − 26x + 169 = −13
Answer:

Question 9.
4w2 + 4w + 1 = 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 9

Question 10.
4x2 − 8x + 4 = 1
Answer:

In Exercises 11–20, find the value of c that makes the expression a perfect square trinomial. Then write the expression as the square of a binomial.
Question 11.
x2 + 10x + c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 11

Question 12.
x2 + 20x + c
Answer:

Question 13.
y2 − 12y + c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 13

Question 14.
t2 − 22t + c
Answer:

Question 15.
x2 − 6x + c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 15

Question 16.
x2 + 24x + c
Answer:

Question 17.
z2 − 5z + c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 17

Question 18.
x2 + 9x + c
Answer:

Question 19.
w2 + 13w + c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 19

Question 20.
s2 − 26s + c
Answer:

In Exercises 21–24, find the value of c. Then write an expression represented by the diagram.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 4
Answer:

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 6
Answer:

In Exercises 25–36, solve the equation by completing the square.
Question 25.
x2 + 6x + 3 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 25

Question 26.
s2 + 2s − 6 = 0
Answer:

Question 27.
x2 + 4x − 2 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 27

Question 28.
t2 − 8t − 5 = 0
Answer:

Question 29.
z(z + 9) = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 29

Question 30.
x(x + 8) = −20
Answer:

Question 31.
7t2 + 28t + 56 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 31

Question 32.
6r2 + 6r + 12 = 0
Answer:

Question 33.
5x(x + 6) = −50
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 33

Question 34.
4w(w − 3) = 24
Answer:

Question 35.
4x2 − 30x = 12 + 10x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 35

Question 36.
3s2 + 8s = 2s − 9
Answer:

Question 37.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving the equation.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 37

Question 38.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the value of c that makes the expression a perfect square trinomial.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 8
Answer:

Question 39.
WRITING
Can you solve an equation by completing the square when the equation has two imaginary solutions? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 39

Question 40.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Which of the following are solutions of the equation x2 − 2ax + a2 = b2? Justify your answers.
A. ab
B. −a − b
C. b
D. a
E. a − b
F. a + b
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 41–50, determine whether you would use factoring, square roots, or completing the square to solve the equation. Explain your reasoning. Then solve the equation.
Question 41.
x2 − 4x − 21 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 41

Question 42.
x2 + 13x + 22 = 0
Answer:

Question 43.
(x + 4)2 = 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 43

Question 44.
(x − 7)2 = 9
Answer:

Question 45.
x2 + 12x + 36 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 45

Question 46.
x2 − 16x + 64 = 0
Answer:

Question 47.
2x2 + 4x − 3 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 47

Question 48.
3x2 + 12x + 1 = 0
Answer:

Question 49.
x2 − 100 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 49

Question 50.
4x2 − 20 = 0
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 51–54, find the value of x.
Question 51.
Area of rectangle = 50
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 51

Question 52.
Area of parallelogram = 48
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 10
Answer:

Question 53.
Area of triangle = 40
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 53

Question 54.
Area of trapezoid = 20
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 12
Answer:

In Exercises 55–62, write the quadratic function in vertex form. Then identify the vertex.
Question 55.
f(x) = x2 − 8x + 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 55

Question 56.
g(x) = x2 − 4x − 1
Answer:

Question 57.
g(x) = x2 + 12x + 37
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 57

Question 58.
h(x) = x2 + 20x + 90
Answer:

Question 59.
h(x) = x2 + 2x − 48
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 59

Question 60.
f(x) = x2 + 6x − 16
Answer:

Question 61.
f(x) = x2 − 3x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 61

Question 62.
g(x) = x2 + 7x + 2
Answer:

Question 63.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
While marching, a drum major tosses a baton into the air and catches it. The height h (in feet) of the baton t seconds after it is thrown can be modeled by the function h = −16t2 + 32t + 6.
a. Find the maximum height of the baton.
b. The drum major catches the baton when it is 4 feet above the ground. How long is the baton in the air?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 63

Question 64.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A firework explodes when it reaches its maximum height. The height h (in feet) of the firework t seconds after it is launched can be modeled by h = \(-\frac{500}{9} t^{2}+\frac{1000}{3} t\) + 10. What is the maximum height of the firework? How long is the firework in the air before it explodes?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 13
Answer:

Question 65.
COMPARING METHODS
A skateboard shop sells about 50 skateboards per week when the advertised price is charged. For each $1 decrease in price, one additional skateboard per week is sold. The shop’s revenue can be modeled by y = (70 − x)(50 + x).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 14
a. Use the intercept form of the function to find the maximum weekly revenue.
b. Write the function in vertex form to find the maximum weekly revenue.
c. Which way do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 65

Question 66.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph of the function f(x) = (x − h)2 is shown. What is the x-intercept? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 15
Answer:

Question 67.
WRITING
At Buckingham Fountain in Chicago, the height h (in feet) of the water above the main nozzle can be modeled by h = −162 + 89.6t, where t is the time (in seconds) since the water has left the nozzle. Describe three different ways you could find the maximum height the water reaches. Then choose a method and find the maximum height of the water.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 67

Question 68.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A farmer is building a rectangular pen along the side of a barn for animals. The barn will serve as one side of the pen. The farmer has 120 feet of fence to enclose an area of 1512 square feet and wants each side of the pen to be at least 20 feet long.
a. Write an equation that represents the area of the pen.
b. Solve the equation in part (a) to find the dimensions of the pen.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 16
Answer:

Question 69.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says the equation x2 + 10x = −20 can be solved by either completing the square or factoring. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 69

Question 70.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write a function g in standard form whose graph has the same x-intercepts as the graph of f(x) = 2x2 + 8x + 2. Find the zeros of each function by completing the square. Graph each function.
Answer:

Question 71.
CRITICAL THINKING
Solve x2 + bx + c = 0 by completing the square. Your answer will be an expression for x in terms of b and c.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 71

Question 72.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
In this exercise, you will investigate the graphical effect of completing the square.
a. Graph each pair of functions in the same coordinate plane.
y = x2 + 2x y = x2 − 6x
y = (x + 1)2 y = (x − 3)2
b. Compare the graphs of y = x2 + bx and y = (x + \(\frac{b}{2}\))2. Describe what happens to the graph of y = x2 + bx when you complete the square.
Answer:

Question 73.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In your pottery class, you are given a lump of clay with a volume of 200 cubic centimeters and are asked to make a cylindrical pencil holder. The pencil holder should be 9 centimeters high and have an inner radius of 3 centimeters. What thickness x should your pencil holder have if you want to use all of the clay?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 73

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 74.
2x − 3 < 5
Answer:

Question 75.
4 − 8y ≥ 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 75

Question 76.
\(\frac{n}{3}\) + 6 > 1
Answer:

Question 77.
−\(\frac{2s}{5}\) ≤ 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 77

Graph the function. Label the vertex, axis of symmetry, and x-intercepts.
Question 78.
g(x) = 6(x − 4)2
Answer:

Question 79.
h(x) = 2x(x − 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 79

Question 80.
f(x) = x2 + 2x + 5
Answer:

Question 81.
f(x) = 2(x + 10)(x − 12)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 81

Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers Study Skills: Creating a Positive Study Environment

3.1–3.3 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 18

Core Concepts
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 19

Mathematical Practices
Question 1.
Analyze the givens, constraints, relationships, and goals in Exercise 61 on page 101.
Answer:

Question 2.
Determine whether it would be easier to find the zeros of the function in Exercise 63 on page 117 or Exercise 67 on page 118.
Answer:

Study Skills: Creating a Positive Study Environment

  • Set aside an appropriate amount of time for reviewing your notes and the textbook, reworking your notes, and completing homework.
  • Set up a place for studying at home that is comfortable, but not too comfortable. The place needs to be away from all potential distractions.
  • Form a study group. Choose students who study well together, help out when someone misses school, and encourage positive attitudes.
    Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 20

Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.1–3.3 Quiz

Solve the equation by using the graph. Check your solution(s).
Question 1.
x2 − 10x + 25 = 0
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers q 1
Answer:

Question 2.
2x2 + 16 = 12x
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers q 2
Answer:

Question 3.
x2 = −2x + 8
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers q 3
Answer:

Solve the equation using square roots or by factoring. Explain the reason for your choice.
Question 4.
2x2 − 15 = 0
Answer:

Question 5.
3x2 − x − 2 = 0
Answer:

Question 6.
(x + 3)2 = 8
ans;

Question 7.
Find the values of x and y that satisfy the equation 7x − 6i = 14 + yi.
Answer:

Perform the operation. Write your answer in standard form
Question 8.
(2 + 5i) + (−4 + 3i)
Answer:

Question 9.
(3 + 9i) − (1 − 7i)
Answer:

Question 10.
(2 + 4i)(−3 − 5i)
Answer:

Question 11.
Find the zeros of the function f(x) = 9x2 + 2. Does the graph of the function intersect the x-axis? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Solve the equation by completing the square.
Question 12.
x2 − 6x + 10 = 0
Answer:

Question 13.
x2 + 12x + 4 = 0
Answer:

Question 14.
4x(x + 6) = −40
Answer:

Question 15.
Write y = x2 − 10x + 4 in vertex form. Then identify the vertex.
Answer:

Question 16.
A museum has a café with a rectangular patio. The museum wants to add 464 square feet to the area of the patio by expanding the existing patio as shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers q 4
a. Find the area of the existing patio.
b. Write an equation to model the area of the new patio.
c. By what distance x should the length of the patio be expanded?
Answer:

Question 17.
Find the impedance of the series circuit.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers q 5
Answer:

Question 18.
The height h (in feet) of a badminton birdie t seconds after it is hit can be modeled by the function h = −16t2 + 32t + 4.
a. Find the maximum height of the birdie.
b. How long is the birdie in the air?
Answer:

Lesson 3.4 Using the Quadratic Formula

Essential Question How can you derive a general formula for solving a quadratic equation?

EXPLORATION 1

Deriving the Quadratic Formula
Work with a partner. Analyze and describe what is done in each step in the development of the Quadratic Formula.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 1

EXPLORATION 2

Using the Quadratic Formula
Work with a partner. Use the Quadratic Formula to solve each equation.
a. x2 − 4x + 3 = 0
b. x2 − 2x + 2 = 0
c. x2 + 2x − 3 = 0
d. x2 + 4x + 4 = 0
e. x2 − 6x + 10 = 0
f. x2 + 4x + 6 = 0

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you derive a general formula for solving a quadratic equation?
Answer:

Question 4.
Summarize the following methods you have learned for solving quadratic equations: graphing, using square roots, factoring, completing the square, and using the Quadratic Formula.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula.
Question 1.
x2 − 6x + 4 = 0
Answer:

Question 2.
2x2 + 4 = −7x
Answer:

Question 3.
5x2 = x + 8
Answer:

Solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula.
Question 4.
x2 + 41 = −8x
Answer:

Question 5.
−9x2 = 30x + 25
Answer:

Question 6.
5x − 7x2 = 3x + 4
Answer:

Find the discriminant of the quadratic equation and describe the number and type of solutions of the equation.
Question 7.
4x2 + 8x + 4 = 0
Answer:

qm 8.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x2 + x − 1 = 0
Answer:

Question 9.
5x2 = 8x − 13
Answer:

Question 10.
7x2 − 3x = 6
Answer:

Question 11.
4x2 + 6x = −9
Answer:

Question 12.
−5x2 + 1 = 6 − 10x
Answer:

Question 13.
Find a possible pair of integer values for a and c so that the equation ax2 + 3x + c = 0 has two real solutions. Then write the equation.
Answer:

Question 14.
WHAT IF?
The ball leaves the juggler’s hand with an initial vertical velocity of 40 feet per second. How long is the ball in the air?
Answer:

Using the Quadratic Formula 3.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
When a, b, and c are real numbers such that a ≠ 0, the solutions of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are x= ____________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 2 Solutions Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.3 a 81

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
You can use the ____________ of a quadratic equation to determine the number and type of solutions of the equation.
Answer:

Question 3.
WRITING
Describe the number and type of solutions when the value of the discriminant is negative.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 3

Question 4.
WRITING
Which two methods can you use to solve any quadratic equation? Explain when you might prefer to use one method over the other.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–18, solve the equation using the Quadratic Formula. Use a graphing calculator to check your solution(s).
Question 5.
x2 − 4x + 3 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 5

Question 6.
3x2 + 6x + 3 = 0
Answer:

Question 7.
x2 + 6x + 15 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 7

Question 8.
6x2 − 2x + 1 = 0
Answer:

Question 9.
x2 − 14x = −49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 9

Question 10.
2x2 + 4x = 30
Answer:

Question 11.
3x2 + 5 = −2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 11

Question 12.
−3x = 2x2 − 4
Answer:

Question 13.
−10x = −25 − x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 13

Question 14.
−5x2 − 6 = −4x
Answer:

Question 15.
−4x2 + 3x = −5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 15

Question 16.
x2 + 121 = −22x
Answer:

Question 17.
−z2 = −12z + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 17

Question 18.
−7w + 6 = −4w2
Answer:

In Exercises 19–26, find the discriminant of the quadratic equation and describe the number and type of solutions of the equation.
Question 19.
x2 + 12x + 36 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 19

Question 20.
x2 − x + 6 = 0
Answer:

Question 21.
4n2 − 4n − 24 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 21

Question 22.
−x2 + 2x + 12 = 0
Answer:

Question 23.
4x2 = 5x − 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 23

Question 24.
−18p = p2 + 81
Answer:

Question 25.
24x = −48 − 3x2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 25

Question 26.
−2x2 − 6 = x2
Answer:

Question 27.
USING EQUATIONS
What are the complex solutions of the equation 2x2− 16x+ 50 = 0?
A. 4 + 3i, 4 − 3i
B. 4 + 12i, 4 − 12i
C. 16 + 3i, 16 − 3i
D. 16 + 12i, 16 − 12i
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 27

Question 28.
USING EQUATIONS
Determine the number and type of solutions to the equation x2 + 7x = −11.
A. two real solutions
B. one real solution
C. two imaginary solutions
D. one imaginary solution
Answer:

ANALYZING EQUATIONS In Exercises 29–32, use the discriminant to match each quadratic equation with the correct graph of the related function. Explain your reasoning.
Question 29.
x2 − 6x + 25 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 29

Question 30.
2x2 − 20x + 50 = 0
Answer:

Question 31.
3x2 + 6x − 9 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 31

Question 32.
5x2 − 10x − 35 = 0
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 2

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 33 and 34, describe and correct the error in solving the equation.
Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 4
Answer:

OPEN-ENDED In Exercises 35–40, find a possible pair of integer values for a and c so that the quadratic equation has the given solution(s). Then write the equation.
Question 35.
ax2 + 4x + c = 0; two imaginary solutions
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 35

Question 36.
ax2 + 6x + c = 0; two real solutions
Answer:

Question 37.
ax2 − 8x + c = 0; two real solutions
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 37

Question 38.
ax2 − 6x + c = 0; one real solution
Answer:

Question 39.
ax2 + 10x = c; one real solution
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 39

Question 40.
−4x + c = −ax2; two imaginary solutions
Answer:

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 41–46, use the Quadratic Formula to write a quadratic equation that has the given solutions.
Question 41.
x = \(\frac{-8 \pm \sqrt{-176}}{-10}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 41

Question 42.
x = \(\frac{15 \pm \sqrt{-215}}{22}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
x = \(\frac{-4 \pm \sqrt{-124}}{-14}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 43

Question 44.
x = \(\frac{-9 \pm \sqrt{137}}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 45.
x = \(\frac{-4 \pm 2}{6}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 45

Question 46.
x = \(\frac{2 \pm 4}{-2}\)
Answer:

COMPARING METHODS In Exercises 47–58, solve the quadratic equation using the Quadratic Formula. Then solve the equation using another method. Which method do you prefer? Explain.
Question 47.
3x2 − 21 = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 47

Question 48.
5x2 + 38 = 3
Answer:

Question 49.
2x2 − 54 = 12x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 49

Question 50.
x2 = 3x + 15
Answer:

Question 51.
x2 − 7x + 12 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 51

Question 52.
x2 + 8x − 13 = 0
Answer:

Question 53.
5x2 − 50x = −135
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 53

Question 54.
8x2 + 4x + 5 = 0
Answer:

Question 55.
−3 = 4x2 + 9x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 55.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 55.2

Question 56.
−31x + 56 = −x2
Answer:

Question 57.
x2 = 1 − x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 57

Question 58.
9x2 + 36x + 72 = 0
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 59 and 60, find the value for x.
Question 59.
Area of the rectangle = 24 m2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 59

Question 6.
Area of the triangle = 8ft2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 6
Answer:

Question 61.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A lacrosse player throws a ball in the air from an initial height of 7 feet. The ball has an initial vertical velocity of 90 feet per second. Another player catches the ball when it is 3 feet above the ground. How long is the ball in the air?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 61

Question 62.
NUMBER SENSE
Suppose the quadratic equation ax2 + 5x + c = 0 has one real solution. Is it possible for a and c to be integers? rational numbers? Explain your reasoning. Then describe the possible values of a and c.
Answer:

Question 63.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In a volleyball game, a player on one team spikes the ball over the net when the ball is 10 feet above the court. The spike drives the ball downward with an initial vertical velocity of 55 feet per second. How much time does the opposing team have to return the ball before it touches the court?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 63

Question 64.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
An archer is shooting at targets. The height of the arrow is 5 feet above the ground. Due to safety rules, the archer must aim the arrow parallel to the ground.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 8
a. How long does it take for the arrow to hit a target that is 3 feet above the ground?
b. What method did you use to solve the quadratic equation? Explain.
Answer:

Question 65.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A rocketry club is launching model rockets. The launching pad is 30 feet above the ground. Your model rocket has an initial vertical velocity of 105 feet per second. Your friend’s model rocket has an initial vertical velocity of 100 feet per second.
a. Use a graphing calculator to graph the equations of both model rockets. Compare the paths.
b. After how many seconds is your rocket 119 feet above the ground? Explain the reasonableness of your answer(s).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 65

Question 66.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The number A of tablet computers sold (in millions) can be modeled by the function A = 4.5t2 + 43.5t + 17, where t represents the year after 2010.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 9
a. In what year did the tablet computer sales reach 65 million?
b. Find the average rate of change from 2010 to 2012 and interpret the meaning in the context of the situation.
c. Do you think this model will be accurate after a new, innovative computer is developed? Explain.
Answer:

Question 67.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A gannet is a bird that feeds on fish by diving into the water. A gannet spots a fish on the surface of the water and dives 100 feet to catch it. The bird plunges toward the water with an initial vertical velocity of −88 feet per second.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 10
a. How much time does the fish have to swim away?
b. Another gannet spots the same fish, and it is only 84 feet above the water and has an initial vertical velocity of −70 feet per second. Which bird will reach the fish first? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 67.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 67.2

Question 68.
USING TOOLS
You are asked to find a possible pair of integer values for a and c so that the equation ax2 − 3x + c = 0 has two real solutions. When you solve the inequality for the discriminant, you obtain ac < 2.25. So, you choose the values a = 2 and c = 1. Your graphing calculator displays the graph of your equation in a standard viewing window. Is your solution correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 11
Answer:

Question 69.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Your family has a rectangular pool that measures 18 feet by 9 feet. Your family wants to put a deck around the pool but is not sure how wide to make the deck. Determine how wide the deck should be when the total area of the pool and deck is 400 square feet. What is the width of the deck?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 69

Question 70.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph of a quadratic function y = ax2 + bx + c is shown. Determine whether each discriminant of ax2 + bx + c = 0 is positive, negative, or zero. Then state the number and type of solutions for each graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 13
Answer:

Question 71.
CRITICAL THINKING
Solve each absolute value equation.
a. |x2 – 3x – 14| = 4
b. x2 = |x| + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 71.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 71.2

Question 72.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
The class is asked to solve the equation 4x2 + 14x + 11 = 0. You decide to solve the equation by completing the square. Your friend decides to use the Quadratic Formula. Whose method is more efficient? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 73.
ABSTRACT REASONING
For a quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 with two real solutions, show that the mean of the solutions is \(\frac{b}{2a}\). How is this fact related to the symmetry of the graph of y = ax2 + bx + c?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 73

Question 74.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Describe a real-life story that could be modeled by h = −16t2 + v0t + h0 . Write the height model for your story and determine how long your object is in the air.
Answer:

Question 75.
REASONING
Show there is no quadratic equation ax2+bx+c= 0 such that a, b, and c are real numbers and 3i and −2i are solutions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 75

Question 76.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Stratosphere Tower in Las Vegas is 921 feet tall and has a “needle” at its top that extends even higher into the air. A thrill ride called Big Shot catapults riders 160 feet up the needle and then lets them fall back to the launching pad.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 14
a. The height h (in feet) of a rider on the Big Shot can be modeled by h = −16t2 + v0 t + 921, where t is the elapsed time (in seconds) after launch and v0 is the initial vertical velocity (in feet per second). Find v0 using the fact that the maximum value of h is 921 + 160 = 1081 feet.
b. A brochure for the Big Shot states that the ride up the needle takes 2 seconds. Compare this time to the time given by the model h = −16t2 + v0 t + 921, where v0 is the value you found in part (a). Discuss the accuracy of the model.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the system of linear equations by graphing.
Question 77.
−x + 2y = 6
x + 4y = 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 77

Question 78.
y = 2x − 1
y = x + 1
Answer:

Question 79.
3x + y = 4
6x + 2y = −4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 79

Question 80.
y = −x + 2
−5x + 5y = 10
Answer:

Graph the quadratic equation. Label the vertex and axis of symmetry.
Question 81.
y = −x2 + 2x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 81

Question 82.
y = 2x2 − x + 3
Answer:

Question 83.
y = 0.5x2 + 2x + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.4 a 83

Question 84.
y = −3x2 − 2
Answer:

Lesson 3.5 Solving Nonlinear Systems

Essential Question How can you solve a nonlinear system of equations?

EXPLORATION 1

Solving Nonlinear Systems of Equations
Work with a partner. Match each system with its graph. Explain your reasoning. Then solve each system using the graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.5 1

EXPLORATION 2

Solving Nonlinear Systems of Equations
Work with a partner. Look back at the nonlinear system in Exploration 1(f). Suppose you want a more accurate way to solve the system than using a graphical approach.
a. Show how you could use a numerical approach by creating a table. For instance, you might use a spreadsheet to solve the system.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.5 2
b. Show how you could use an analytical approach. For instance, you might try solving the system by substitution or elimination.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you solve a nonlinear system of equations?
Answer:

Question 4.
Would you prefer to use a graphical, numerical, or analytical approach to solve the given nonlinear system of equations? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Solve the system using any method. Explain your choice of method.
Question 1.
y = −x2 + 4
y = −4x + 8
Answer:

Question 2.
x2 + 3x + y = 0
2x + y = 5
Answer:

Question 3.
2x2 + 4x − y =−2
x2 + y = 2
Answer:

Solve the system.
Question 4.
x2 + y2 = 16
y = −x + 4
Answer:

Question 5.
x2 + y2 = 4
y = x + 4
Answer:

Question 6.
x2 + y2 = 1
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Solve the equation by graphing.
Question 7.
x2 − 6x + 15 = −(x − 3)2 + 6
Answer:

Question 8.
(x + 4)(x − 1) = −x2 + 3x + 4
Answer:

Solving Nonlinear Systems 3.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check
Question 1.
WRITING
Describe the possible solutions of a system consisting of two quadratic equations.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.5 a 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which system does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 2 Chapter 3 Quadratic Equations and Complex Numbers 3.5 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, solve the system by graphing. Check your solution(s).
Question 3.
y = x + 2
y = 0.5(x + 2)2
Answer: